Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

NCL
Corporation Ltd.

 

as Issuer

AND

Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings Ltd.

as Guarantor

AND

U.S. Bank National Association

as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 28, 2020

 

Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026

 

 

 

     

     

    

 

Table
of Contents

 

Page

 

	Article 1 

Definitions
	Section 1.01   Definitions	1
	Section 1.02   References to Interest	14
	Article 2

 Issue, Description, Execution, Registration and Exchange of Notes
	Section 2.01   Designation and Amount	14
	Section 2.02   Form of Notes	14
	Section 2.03   Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts	15
	Section 2.04   Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes	17
	Section 2.05   Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary	18
	Section 2.06   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	24
	Section 2.07   Temporary Notes	25
	Section 2.08   Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc.	25
	Section 2.09   CUSIP Numbers	25
	Section 2.10   Purchases	26
	Article 3 

Satisfaction and Discharge
	Section 3.01   Satisfaction and Discharge	26
	Article 4

 Particular Covenants of the Company and the Guarantor
	Section 4.01   Payment of Accreted Principal Amount and Interest	27
	Section 4.02   Maintenance of Office or Agency	27
	Section 4.03   Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office	28
	Section 4.04   Provisions as to Paying Agent	28
	Section 4.05   [Reserved]	29
	Section 4.06   Rule 144A Information Requirement and Reporting	29
	Section 4.07   No Rights as Shareholders	30
	Section 4.08   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	30
	Section 4.09   Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults	30
	Section 4.10   Additional Amounts	31

 

    	 	 i	 

     

    

 

	Article 5

 [Reserved]
	Article 6 

Defaults and Remedies
	Section 6.01   Events of Default	34
	Section 6.02   Acceleration	35
	Section 6.03   Additional Cash Interest	36
	Section 6.04   Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor	37
	Section 6.05   Application of Monies Collected by Trustee	39
	Section 6.06   Proceedings by Holders	39
	Section 6.07   Proceedings by Trustee	40
	Section 6.08   Remedies Cumulative and Continuing	40
	Section 6.09   Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders	40
	Section 6.10   Notice of Defaults	41
	Section 6.11   Undertaking to Pay Costs	41
	Article 7

 Concerning the Trustee
	Section 7.01   Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee	42
	Section 7.02   Certain Rights of the Trustee	43
	Section 7.03   No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc.	45
	Section 7.04   Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes	45
	Section 7.05   Monies To Be Held in Trust	45
	Section 7.06   Compensation and Expenses of Trustee	45
	Section 7.07   Officer’s Certificate as Evidence	46
	Section 7.08   Eligibility of Trustee	47
	Section 7.09   Resignation or Removal of Trustee	47
	Section 7.10   Acceptance by Successor Trustee	48
	Section 7.11   Succession by Merger, Etc.	49
	Section 7.12   Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company	49
	Section 7.13   Conflicting Interests of Trustee	49
	Section 7.14   Limitation on Trustee’s Liability	50
	Article 8 

Concerning the Holders
	Section 8.01   Action by Holders	50
	Section 8.02   Proof of Execution by Holders	50
	Section 8.03   Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners	50
	Section 8.04   Company-Owned Notes Disregarded	51
	Section 8.05   Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound	51

 

    	 	 ii	 

     

    

 

	Article 9 

[Reserved]
	Article 10 

Supplemental Indentures
	Section 10.01   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders	51
	Section 10.02   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders	52
	Section 10.03   Effect of Amendment, Supplement and Waiver	54
	Section 10.04   Notation on Notes	54
	Section 10.05   Evidence of Compliance of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver To Be Furnished To Trustee	54
	Article 11

 Consolidation, Merger and Sale
	Section 11.01   The Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms	55
	Section 11.02   Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms	56
	Section 11.03   Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate To Be Given to Trustee	57
	Article 12 

Immunity of Incorporators, Shareholders, Officers and Directors
	Section 12.01   Indenture, Notes and Guarantee Solely Corporate Obligations	57
	Article 13 

Guarantee
	Section 13.01   Guarantee	57
	Section 13.02   Execution and Delivery	59
	Section 13.03   Release of the Guarantee	60
	Section 13.04   Limitation on Guarantor Liability	60
	Section 13.05   Subrogation	60
	Section 13.06   Benefits Acknowledged	60
	Section 13.07   “Trustee” to Include Paying Agent	60
	Article 14 

Exchange of Notes
	Section 14.01   Exchange Privilege	61
	Section 14.02   Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange	62
	Section 14.03   Increase in Exchange Rate Upon Exchange in Connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or a
Tax Redemption	66
	Section 14.04   Adjustment of Exchange Rate	68
	Section 14.05   Adjustments of Prices	79
	Section 14.06   Shares To Be Fully Reserved	79

 

    	 	 iii	 

     

    

 

	Section 14.07   Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Ordinary Shares	79
	Section 14.08   Certain Covenants	81
	Section 14.09   Responsibility of Trustee	81
	Section 14.10   Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions	82
	Section 14.11   Shareholder Rights Plans	83
	Article 15 

Repurchase of Notes at Option of Holders
	Section 15.01   Intentionally Omitted	83
	Section 15.02   Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change	83
	Section 15.03   Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice	87
	Section 15.04   Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price	87
	Section 15.05   Covenant to Comply with Applicable Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes	88
	Article 16

 Redemption Permitted for Taxation Reasons
	Section 16.01   Redemption Permitted for Certain Tax Laws	88
	Section 16.02   Notice of Tax Redemption	89
	Section 16.03   Payment of Notes Called for Tax Redemption	91
	Section 16.04   Holders’ Right to Avoid Redemption	91
	Section 16.05   Restrictions on Tax Redemption	91
	Section 16.06   Mutatis Mutandis	91
	Article 17 

Optional Redemption
	Section 17.01   Optional Redemption	92
	Section 17.02   Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Notes	92
	Section 17.03   Payment of Notes Called for Redemption	93
	Section 17.04   Restrictions on Optional Redemption	94
	Article 18 

Miscellaneous Provisions
	Section 18.01   Provisions Binding on Company’s and the Guarantor’s Successors	94
	Section 18.02   Official Acts by Successor Entity	94
	Section 18.03   Addresses for Notices, Etc.	94
	Section 18.04   Governing Law	95
	Section 18.05   Exchange Delay for Filing Under HSR Act	95
	Section 18.06   Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee	95
	Section 18.07   Legal Holidays	96
	Section 18.08   No Security Interest Created	96
	Section 18.09   Benefits of Indenture	96

 

    	 	 iv	 

     

    

 

	Section 18.10   Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.	96
	Section 18.11   Authenticating Agent	96
	Section 18.12   Execution in Counterparts	97
	Section 18.13   Severability	98
	Section 18.14   Waiver of Jury Trial; Submission of Jurisdiction	98
	Section 18.15   Appointment of Agent for Service of Process	98
	Section 18.16   Force Majeure	99
	Section 18.17   Calculations	99
	Section 18.18   Tax Withholding for U.S. Federal Tax Distributions	99
	Section 18.19   FATCA	100

 

EXHIBITS

 

	Exhibit A	Form of Note	A-1

 

    	 	 v	 

     

    

 

INDENTURE dated as of May 28, 2020 among
NCL Corporation Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and tax resident in the United Kingdom, as issuer
(the “Company”, as more fully set forth in ‎Section 1.01), Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda
exempted company formed as a holding company and tax resident in the United Kingdom (the “Guarantor”, as more
fully set forth in ‎Section 1.01) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”, as more
fully set forth in ‎Section 1.01).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes,
the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”), initially
in an aggregate Original Principal Amount of $400,000,000, and the Guarantor has duly authorized the issuance of the Guarantee,
and in order to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company
and the Guarantor have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, the Form of Note, the certificate
of authentication to be borne by each Note, the Form of Notice of Exchange, the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and
the Form of Assignment and Transfer to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided; and WHEREAS,
all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or
a duly authorized authenticating agent, as provided in this Indenture, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company,
and this Indenture the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company and the Guarantor, have been done and performed, and
the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Notes and the Guarantee have in all respects been duly authorized.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

That in order to declare the terms and conditions
upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase
and acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof, each of the Company and the Guarantor covenants and agrees with the Trustee
for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided
below), as follows:

 

Article
1 

Definitions

 

Section 1.01        
Definitions. The terms defined in this ‎Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective
meanings specified in this ‎Section 1.01. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” and
words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The
terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

 

“Accreted Principal Amount”
means at any time with respect to a Note, and subject to the provisions of Section 14.02(h), the Original Principal Amount of $1,000
per Note, plus the aggregate of all interest payments accrued and added thereto on each Interest Accrual Date prior to such
time in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03; provided that the Accreted Principal Amount shall include all accrued
interest to but excluding (i) the date on which the Accreted Principal Amount of the Notes is accelerated in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6.02, (ii) any redemption date in accordance with the provisions of Article 16 or Article 17, (iii) any Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date in accordance with the provisions of Article 15, and (iv) any Exchange Date under the circumstances set
forth in Section 14.02(h), in each case, as though such date were an Interest Accrual Date.

 

     

     

    

 

“Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual
Date” means June 1 and December 1 of each year beginning December 1, 2021 and ending June 1, 2025.

 

“Accretion-only Interest Accrual
Date” means each of December 1, 2020 and June 1, 2021.

 

“Additional Amounts” shall
have the meaning specified in Section 4.10(a).

 

“Additional Cash Interest”
means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to ‎Section 6.03, as applicable.

 

“Additional Shares” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.03.

 

“Adequate Cash Exchange Provisions”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 15.02(e)B.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified
Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person
means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled”
have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Antitrust Law” means
the HSR Act and all other laws that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions, including transactions,
acquisitions and mergers, having the purpose or effect of creating or strengthening a dominant position, monopolization, lessening
of competition or restraint of trade.

 

“Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to a Depositary, as to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of such Depositary, if any, that
are applicable to such matter at such time.

 

“Authorized Denomination”
means, with respect to a Note, a minimum Original Principal Amount thereof equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

    	 	2	 

     

    

 

“Board of Directors”
means, with respect to the Company or the Guarantor, the board of directors or the managers, as applicable, of the Company or the
Guarantor, as the case may be, or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

 

“Board Resolution” means
a copy of a resolution or minutes of a meeting of the applicable Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or an Officer of
the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, to have been duly adopted by the applicable Board of Directors, and to be in
full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means
any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, Bermuda or other place of payment
authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed.

 

“Cash-only Interest Payment Date”
means December 1, 2025 and June 1, 2026.

 

“Certificated Notes”
means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 Original Principal Amount and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

“Change in Tax Law” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 16.01.

 

“Clause A Distribution”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

“Clause B Distribution”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

“Clause C Distribution”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

“close of business” means
5:00 p.m. (New York City time).

 

“Code” means the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Commission” means the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Common Equity” of any
Person means Share Capital of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or
(b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers
or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

 

“Company” shall have
the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of ‎Article 11, shall include
its successors and assigns.

 

“Company Order” means
a written order of the Company, signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

“Corporate Trust Office”
means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
office at the date hereof is located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419, or such other address as the Trustee
may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, the Company and the Guarantor, or the principal corporate trust office
of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders,
the Company and the Guarantor).

 

    	 	3	 

     

    

 

“Custodian” means the
Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Daily VWAP” means, for
any trading day, the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg
page “NCLH <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period
from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading day (or
if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one Ordinary Share on such trading day determined, using
a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by us).
The “Daily VWAP” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular
trading session trading hours.

 

“Default” means any event
that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted Amounts” means
any amounts on any Note (including, without limitation, the Optional Redemption Price, the Tax Redemption Price, the Fundamental
Change Repurchase Price, principal and interest) that are payable but are not punctually paid or duly provided for.

 

“Depositary” means, with
respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in ‎Section 2.05(b) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a
successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary”
shall mean or include such successor.

 

“Description of Notes”
means the Description of Notes attached to the Investment Agreement as Exhibit A.

 

“Distributed Property”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

“Effective Date” means
the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the Relevant Stock Exchange, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split
or share combination, as applicable.

 

“Equity-Linked Securities”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(f).

 

“Event Effective Date”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.03(c).

 

“Event of Default” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 6.01.

 

“Ex-Dividend Date” means
the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without
the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from Guarantor or, if applicable, from the seller of the
Ordinary Shares on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market.

 

    	 	4	 

     

    

 

“Excess Shares” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.01(d).

 

“Exchange Act” means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Exchange Agent” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 4.02.

 

“Exchange Date” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.02(c).

 

“Exchange Obligation”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.01(a).

 

“Exchange Price” means
as of any date, $1,000 divided by the Exchange Rate as of such date.

 

“Exchange Rate” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.01(a).

 

“Exempt Issuance” means
the issuance of (a) Ordinary Shares or options to purchase Ordinary Shares to employees, officers, directors, consultants, suppliers,
vendors or professionals of the Guarantor pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted for such purpose by a majority of the
non-employee members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of a committee of non-employee directors established
for such purpose, (b) securities issued upon exchange of the Notes, (c) securities issued upon the exercise or exchange of securities
outstanding on the Issue Date, provided that, such securities have not been amended since the Issue Date to increase the number
of such securities or to decrease the exercise, exchange or conversion price of such securities, and (d) securities, including
options or warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares, issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority
of the disinterested directors of the Guarantor and not for the primary purpose of raising capital.

 

“Expiration Date” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(e).

 

“Expiration Time” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(e).

 

“Floor Price” means $11.00,
provided that such Floor Price will be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is adjusted pursuant to
Sections 14.04(a) through (e). Such adjusted Floor Price will equal (i) the Floor Price immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied
by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Floor
Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted.

 

“Form of Assignment and Transfer”
shall mean the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit
A.

 

    	 	5	 

     

    

 

“Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice” shall mean the “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form
of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

“Form of Notice of Exchange”
shall mean the “Form of Notice of Exchange” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit
A.

 

“Form of Note” means
the “Form of Note” attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

“Fundamental Change”
shall be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if any of the following occurs:

 

(1)       a
 “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for the purposes of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, of share capital of Guarantor that is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of more than 50% of the rights to
vote to elect members of the Board of Directors of Guarantor;

 

(2)       the
consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of Ordinary Shares (other than changes resulting from a subdivision
or combination) as a result of which Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, shares, other securities,
other property or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation, amalgamation or merger of Guarantor pursuant to which Ordinary
Shares will be converted into, or exchanged for, cash, securities or other property or assets (or any combination thereof); or
(C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s
and its subsidiaries’ consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to any person other than Guarantor or one of its wholly owned
subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes
of the Common Equity of Guarantor immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes
of Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction
in substantially the same proportions vis-à-vis each other as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction shall
not be a fundamental change pursuant to this clause (2);

 

(3)       Guarantor’s
shareholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Guarantor;

 

(4)       Ordinary
Shares (or other Common Equity or American depositary shares in respect of Common Equity for which the Notes are exchangeable)
cease to be listed or quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market
(or any of their respective successors) for more than one Business Day; or

 

(5)       the
Company or the Issuer Permitted Successor, as applicable, ceases to be a wholly owned subsidiary of Guarantor or a Guarantor Permitted
Successor, unless the Company is merged into Guarantor or a Guarantor Permitted Successor in accordance with ‎Article 11, provided,
however, that a transaction or transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above shall not constitute a Fundamental Change
if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by the holders of the Ordinary Shares, excluding cash payments
for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ or appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction
or transactions consists of shares of Common Equity or American depositary shares in respect of Common Equity that are listed or
quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective
successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions, and as
a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes the Reference Property for the Notes (subject to the provisions
set forth in ‎Section 14.02).

 

    	 	6	 

     

    

 

Any event, transaction or series of related
transactions that constitute a Fundamental Change under both clause (1) and clause (2) above (determined without regard to the
proviso in clause (2) above) shall be deemed to be a Fundamental Change solely under clause (2) above.

 

“Fundamental Change Company Notice”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 15.02(c).

 

“Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date” shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 15.02.

 

“Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice” shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 15.02(b)A.

 

“Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price” shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 15.02.

 

“Global Note” shall have
the meaning specified in ‎Section 2.05(a).

 

“Guarantee” means the
guarantee of the Company’s payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, issued by the Guarantor pursuant to ‎Article
13 of this Indenture.

 

“Guarantor” means Norwegian
Cruise Line Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company formed as a holding company and a tax resident in the United Kingdom, and
means the Guarantor until such time as the Guarantor shall be released and relieved of its obligations pursuant to ‎Section
13.03 of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of ‎Article 11, shall include its successors and assigns.

 

“Guarantor Permitted Successor”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 11.01(a)A.

 

“Holder,” as applied
to any Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term “beneficial holder”), shall mean any person in whose name
at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Register. The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner
for all purposes.

 

“holder,” as applied
to any Note, means the owner of a beneficial interest in a Note, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

    	 	7	 

     

    

 

“HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Indebtedness” means,
with respect to any Person:

 

(1)        the
principal of any indebtedness of such person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes,
debentures or similar instruments; and

 

(2)        to
the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise,
the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection
in the ordinary course of business).

 

“Indenture” means this
instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.

 

“Interest Accrual Date”
means each Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date and Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual Date.

 

“Interest Accrual/Payment Date”
means each Interest Accrual Date and Cash-only Interest Payment Date.

 

“Investment Agreement”
means the investment agreement, dated as of May 5, 2020, by and among the Company, the Guarantor and LC9 Skipper, L.P.

 

“Investor Rights Agreement”
means the investor rights agreement, dated as of May 28, 2020, by and among the Company, the Guarantor and the investor party thereto.

 

“Issue Date” means May
28, 2020.

 

“Issuer Permitted Successor”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 11.02(a).

 

“Last Reported Sale Price”
per share of Ordinary Shares on any date means:

 

(a)       the
closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one
in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions for
the Relevant Stock Exchange;

 

(b)       if
the Ordinary Shares are not listed for trading on a Relevant Stock Exchange on such date, the last quoted bid price per share for
the Ordinary Shares in the over-the-counter market on such date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization;
and

 

(c)       if
the Ordinary Shares are not so quoted, the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices per share for the Ordinary Shares
on such date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for
this purpose.

 

    	 	8	 

     

    

 

“Make-Whole Fundamental Change”
means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change, after giving effect to any exceptions to or exclusions from
the definition thereof, but without regard to the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof.

 

“Make-Whole Fundamental Change
Company Notice” shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.03(b).

 

“Make-Whole Fundamental Change
Period” shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.03.

 

“Maturity Date” means
June 1, 2026.

 

“NCL Parties” refers
to the Company and the Guarantor.

 

“Note” or “Notes”
shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Indenture.

 

“Note Register” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 2.05.

 

“Note Registrar” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 2.05.

 

“Notice of Exchange”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.02(b)(ii).

 

“Notice of Optional Redemption”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 17.02.

 

“Notice of Tax Redemption”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 16.02.

 

“Officer” means, with
respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President,
any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or
the Assistant Secretary of such Person.

 

“Officer’s Certificate”
means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets
the requirements of ‎Section 18.06.

 

“open of business” means
9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

 

“Opinion of Counsel”
means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of ‎Section 18.06.
The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Guarantor.

 

“Optional Redemption”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 17.02.

 

“Optional Redemption Date”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 17.02.

 

    	 	9	 

     

    

 

“Optional Redemption Price”
means, for any Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 17.02, 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount of such Notes.

 

“Original Principal Amount”
means, at any date or time, the $1,000 original principal amount per Note on the date of original issuance of such Note.

 

“Ordinary Shares” means
the ordinary shares of the Guarantor, par value $0.001 per ordinary share.

 

“Ownership Limitation”
means the restrictions contained in the Investor Rights Agreement and the restrictions contained in Article 11 of the Guarantor’s
bye-laws (or a successor provision in the Guarantor’s bye-laws as it may be further amended) providing, among other things,
that no one person or group of related persons may Beneficially Own (as such term is defined in the Guarantor’s bye-laws
as may be further amended), more than 4.9% of any class of Shares (as such term is defined in the Guarantor’s bye-laws, as
it may be further amended), whether measured by vote, value (as determined by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors in good
faith, which determination shall be exclusive) or number, unless they receive an exemption from the Guarantor’s Board of
Directors, pursuant to the Guarantor’s bye-laws.

 

“outstanding,” when used
with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of ‎Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated
and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)       Notes
theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(b)       Notes,
or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited
in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust
by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent);

 

(c)       Notes
in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of
 ‎Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in
due course;

 

(d)       Notes
surrendered for purchase in accordance with ‎Article 15 for which the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental
Change Repurchase Price, in accordance with ‎Section 15.04(b);

 

(e)       Notes
exchanged pursuant to ‎Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to ‎Section 2.08; and

 

(f)       Notes
redeemed or repurchased by the Company, the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s other Subsidiaries.

 

“Paid-up Value” shall
have the meaning specified in the definition of “Preference Shares” in ‎Section 1.01.

 

    	 	10	 

     

    

 

“Paying Agent” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 4.02.

 

“Permitted Jurisdiction”
means (i) any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any subdivision thereof or territory of the United States
of America, (ii) Panama, (iii) Bermuda, (iv) the Commonwealth of The Bahamas, (v) the Isle of Man, (vi) the Marshall Islands, (vii)
Liberia, (viii) Barbados and (ix) the Cayman Islands.

 

“Person” means any individual,
corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability
company or government or other entity.

 

“Predecessor Note” of
any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular
Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under ‎Section 2.06 in lieu of or in exchange
for a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or
stolen Note that it replaces.

 

“Preference Shares” means
the whole or fractional Series A-2 redeemable preference shares of the Company, having the rights set out in the certificate of
designations, preferences and other rights adopted by the Company, with a par value of $1,000 each, which will be issued on exchange
of the Notes at a paid-up value (“Paid-up Value”) of $1,000 each per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, immediately
transferred to Guarantor and automatically exchanged for Ordinary Shares.

 

“Record Date” means,
with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Ordinary Shares have the right
to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which Ordinary Shares are exchanged for or converted into, the date fixed
for determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date
is fixed by Guarantor’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, statute, contract or otherwise).

 

“Reference Property”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.07(a).

 

“Regular Record Date,”
with respect to any Interest Accrual/Payment Date, means the May 15 or November 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day),
as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Accrual/Payment Date.

 

“Relevant Stock Exchange”
means the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Ordinary Shares (or other security for which a Last Reported Sale Price must be determined)
are not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which
the Ordinary Shares (or such other security) are then listed.

 

“Resale Restriction Termination
Date” shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 2.05(c).

 

“Responsible Officer”
means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee or to whom any corporate trust
matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject,
and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

    	 	11	 

     

    

 

“Restricted Securities”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 2.05(b).

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule
144A as promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Scheduled Trading Day”
means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the Relevant Stock Exchange. If the Ordinary Shares is not so listed or admitted
for trading on a Relevant Stock Exchange, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a “Business Day.”

 

“Securities Act” means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Separation Event” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.11.

 

“Share Capital” means,
for the Guarantor, any and all Ordinary Shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents
of or interests in Ordinary Shares issued by the Guarantor (however designated and including any class of preference shares of
the Guarantor that vote as a class with Ordinary Shares); provided that debt securities, including the Notes and Preference
Shares, that are convertible into or exchangeable for Share Capital shall not constitute Share Capital prior to their conversion
or exchange, as the case may be.

 

“Significant Subsidiary”
means a Subsidiary of the Guarantor that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation
S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

“Specified Corporate Event”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.07(a).

 

“Spin-Off” shall have
the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

“Stock Price” shall have
the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.03(c).

 

“Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person:

 

(a)       any
corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar
entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence
of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii)
one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; and

 

(b)       any
partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution
rights, total equity and voting interest or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly
or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries
of such Person, in each case, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise,
and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

    	 	12	 

     

    

 

“Tax Jurisdiction” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 4.10(a).

 

“Tax Redemption” shall
have the meaning specified in Section 16.01.

 

“Tax Redemption Date”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 16.02(a).

 

“Tax Redemption Price”
means, for any Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 16.01, shall be calculated as:

 

(a)       100%
of the Accreted Principal Amount of such Notes, plus

 

(b)       accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Tax Redemption Date (unless the Tax Redemption Date falls after a Regular
Record Date but on or prior to the immediately succeeding Interest Accrual/Payment Date, in which case (x) the interest accrued
to, but not including, such Interest Accrual/Payment Date will be paid to the Holder as of the close of business on such Regular
Record Date (assuming, solely for these purposes, that such Note remained outstanding through such Interest Accrual/Payment Date,
if such Tax Redemption Date is before such Interest Accrual/Payment Date) and (y) the Tax Redemption Price shall not include any
accrued and unpaid interest pursuant to this clause (b)), plus

 

(c)       all
Additional Amounts (if any) then due or which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise
(subject to the right of Holders of the Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest
Accrual/Payment Date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Interest Accrual/Payment
Date is not a Business Day and such Tax Redemption Date occurs on the Business Day immediately after such Interest Accrual/Payment
Date, then (x) accrued and unpaid interest on Notes to, but not including, such Interest Accrual/Payment Date will be paid, in
accordance with ‎Section 18.07, on the next Business Day to Holders at the close of business on the immediately preceding Regular
Record Date, and (y) the Tax Redemption Price will include interest on Notes to be redeemed from, and including, such Interest
Accrual/Payment Date to, but not including, such Tax Redemption Date.

 

“Trading Day” means a
day on which:

 

(a)       trading
in the Ordinary Shares generally occurs on the Relevant Stock Exchange or, if the Ordinary Shares are not then listed on a Relevant
Stock Exchange, on the principal other market on which the Ordinary Shares are then traded; and

 

(b)       a
Last Reported Sale Price per share of Ordinary Shares is available on the Relevant Stock Exchange or such other market, provided,
that, if the Ordinary Shares (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a “Business
Day.”

 

“transfer” shall have
the meaning specified in ‎Section 2.05(b).

 

“Trigger Event” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

    	 	13	 

     

    

 

“Trust Indenture Act”
means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture.

 

“Trustee” means the Person
named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become
such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include
each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

 

“Unit of Reference Property”
shall have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.07(a).

 

“Valuation Period” shall
have the meaning specified in ‎Section 14.04(c).

 

“Variable Rate Transaction”
means a transaction in which the Guarantor issues or sells (i) any debt or equity securities that are convertible into, exchangeable
or exercisable for, or include the right to receive additional Ordinary Shares either (A) at a conversion, exercise or exchange
rate or other price that is based upon and/or varies with the trading prices of or quotations for the Ordinary Shares at any time
after the initial issuance of such debt or equity securities, or (B) with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject
to being reset at some future date after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security or upon the occurrence of specified
or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of the Guarantor or the market for the Ordinary Shares or (ii)
enters into any agreement, including, but not limited to, an equity line of credit, whereby the Guarantor may sell securities at
a future determined price.

 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary”
of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other
than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
of such Person.

 

Section 1.02        
References to Interest. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note
in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Additional Cash Interest if, in such context, Additional Cash Interest is, was or
would be payable pursuant to any of ‎Section 6.03. Unless the context otherwise requires, any express mention of Additional
Cash Interest in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Cash Interest in those provisions hereof where
such express mention is not made.

 

Article
2 

Issue, Description, Execution, Registration and Exchange of Notes

 

Section 2.01        
Designation and Amount. The Notes shall be designated as the “Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026.” The aggregate
Original Principal Amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, prior to accretion, is limited
to $400,000,000, subject to ‎Section 2.10 and except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of,
or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes pursuant to ‎Section 2.05, ‎Section 2.06, ‎Section 2.07, ‎Section
10.04, ‎Section 14.02 and ‎Section 15.04.

 

Section 2.02        
Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially
in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, the terms and provisions of which shall constitute, and are hereby expressly incorporated
in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

 

    	 	14	 

     

    

 

Any Global Note may be endorsed with or
have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture
as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation
thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may
be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations
or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

 

Any of the Notes may have such letters,
numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as any Officer executing the same may approve
(execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture,
or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation
of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform
to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

 

Each Global Note shall represent such Original
Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it
shall represent the aggregate Original Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or
reduced to reflect accreted interest, redemptions, repurchases, cancellations, exchanges for Preference Shares, transfers or exchanges
permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding
Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon
instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of the Accreted Principal Amount (including
the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued
and unpaid interest on, a Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note on the date of payment, unless a record date or
other means of determining Holders eligible to receive payment is provided for herein.

 

Section 2.03        
Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts.

 

(a)              
The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations equal to the Authorized Denomination,
provided that the Original Principal Amount of the Notes are subject to accretion from accrual of interest as described hereunder.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of the form
of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of
twelve 30-day months and, for a partial month, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month.

 

    	 	15	 

     

    

 

Until but not including June 1, 2021, no
cash interest shall be payable on the Notes. Instead, accrued interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum shall be added as an accretion
to the principal amount of the Notes on each Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date. On each Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date,
the principal amount of each Note shall be increased to equal the Accreted Principal Amount of such Note immediately prior to such
Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date, plus the amount of interest accrued on such Accreted Principal Amount during the period beginning
on the preceding Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date (or if none, during the period beginning on the Issue Date) and ending on,
but excluding, the succeeding Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date. On and following June 1, 2021 until but not including June
1, 2025, interest shall accrue in a combination of (x) cash at a rate of 3.00% per annum and (y) accreted interest at a rate of
4.50% per annum added as an accretion to the principal amount of the Notes on each Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual Date. On each
Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual Date, the cash portion of the accrued interest shall be paid and the principal amount of each Note
shall be increased to equal the Accreted Principal Amount of such Note immediately prior to such Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual
Date, plus the amount of interest on such Accreted Principal Amount during the period beginning on the preceding Interest Accrual/Payment
Date (or if none, from the first anniversary of the Issue Date) and ending on, but excluding the succeeding Interest Accrual/Payment
Date. On and following June 1, 2025, interest shall accrue in cash at a rate of 7.50% per annum and be paid in arrears on each
Cash-only Interest Payment Date. Any reference herein to the principal amount of a Note at any time shall be a reference to its
Accreted Principal Amount at such time.

 

On each Interest Accrual Date, if requested
by the Trustee and/or the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Company shall be required to
notify the Trustee and each Holder of the Notes of the then current Accreted Principal Amount per Note.

 

(b)              
The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the close of business
on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the relevant Interest Accrual/Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest
payable on such Interest Accrual/Payment Date. Interest shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the
Company for such purposes, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office. On each Cash-only Interest Payment Date and Accretion/Cash
Interest Accrual Date, the Company shall pay cash interest in accordance with this Article 2:

 

A.               
on any Certificated Notes to Holders by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within
the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies the Note Registrar to the contrary in writing;
and

 

B.                
on any Global Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

(c)              
Any Defaulted Amounts shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant payment date but shall accrue interest
per annum at the rate set forth in Section 4.01, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including,
such relevant payment date, and such Defaulted Amounts together with such interest thereon shall be paid by the Company, at its
election in each case, as provided in clause A or ‎B below:

 

    	 	16	 

     

    

 

A.               
The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Amounts to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective
Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts,
which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts
proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than 25 days after the receipt by
the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit
with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Amounts or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited
to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Amounts as in this clause provided. Thereupon the
Company shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts which shall be not more than 15 days and not
less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the
notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of such special record date and the Trustee, in the
name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record
date therefor to be sent to each Holder at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such
special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor having been
sent, such Defaulted Amounts shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are
registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause
B of this ‎Section 2.03(c).

 

B.                
The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Amounts in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements
of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon
such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system and the Depositary, if, after notice given by the
Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed satisfactory to
the Trustee.

 

Section 2.04        
Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company
by the manual or facsimile signature of at least one of its Officers.

 

At any time and from time to time after
the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication,
together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company
Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes, without any further action by the Company hereunder.

 

    	 	17	 

     

    

 

Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually
by an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by ‎Section 18.11),
shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee
(or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated
has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

In case any Officer of the Company who shall
have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered
by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though
the Person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the
Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be an Officer of the Company, although at the
date of the execution of this Indenture any such Person was not such an Officer.

 

Section 2.05        
Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary. The Company shall cause to be
kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other office or agency of the Company
designated pursuant to ‎Section 4.02, the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations
or procedures as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and transfers of Notes. Such register
shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. The Trustee
is hereby initially appointed the “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes
as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-Note Registrars in accordance with ‎Section 4.02.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer
of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this
 ‎Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee
or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate Original Principal Amount and Accreted
Principal Amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.

 

Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of
any Authorized Denominations and of a like aggregate Original Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount, upon surrender of
the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to ‎Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes
are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the
Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

All Notes presented or surrendered for exchange
into Preference Shares, redemption or required repurchase shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
any co-Paying Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory
to the Company and duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

 

    	 	18	 

     

    

 

No service charge shall be imposed by the
Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar for any registration of transfer of Notes or exchange of Notes
for other Notes or Preference Shares, but the Company or the Trustee may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any
transfer tax or other similar governmental charge required by law or permitted pursuant to ‎Section 14.02(e) or ‎Section
14.02(f).

 

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Note
Registrar or any co-Note Registrars shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes surrendered for exchange
into Preference Shares or if a portion of any Note is surrendered for exchange into Preference Shares, (ii) any Notes, or a portion
of any Note, surrendered for required purchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with ‎Article 15 or (iii) any Notes, or a
portion of any Note, surrendered for redemption in accordance with ‎‎Article 16 or Article 17.

 

All Notes or Preference Shares issued upon
any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Company,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration
of transfer or exchange.

 

Nothing in this Indenture to the contrary
shall affect the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 3 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(a)              
So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law, subject
to the fourth paragraph from the end of ‎Section 2.05(b) all Notes shall be represented by one or more Notes in global form
(each, a “Global Note”) registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary. The transfer
and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Certificated Note, shall be effected
through the Depositary (but not the Trustee or the Custodian) in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on
transfer set forth herein) and the Applicable Procedures.

 

(b)              
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, every Note that bears or is required under this ‎Section
2.05(b) to bear the legend set forth in this ‎Section 2.05(b) (together with any Preference Shares delivered upon exchange
of the Notes and required to bear the legend set forth in ‎Section 2.05(c), collectively, the “Restricted Securities”)
shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this ‎Section 2.05(b) (including the legend set forth below),
unless such restrictions on transfer shall be eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder
of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer.
As used in this ‎Section 2.05(b) and ‎Section 2.05(c), the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge,
transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security.

 

Any certificate evidencing such Note (and
all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, other than Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares, if any, delivered
upon conversion and exchange thereof, which shall bear the legend set forth in ‎Section 2.05(c), if applicable) shall bear
a legend in substantially the following form (unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, with notice thereof to the Trustee):

 

    	 	19	 

     

    

 

THIS SECURITY, THE PREFERENCE SHARES, IF
ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY AND THE ORDINARY SHARES, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE FOR THE PREFERENCE SHARES
HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

		1.	REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING
OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT AND THAT
IT AND ANY SUCH ACCOUNT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF NORWEGIAN CRUISE LINE HOLDINGS LTD. (“NCLH”), AND

 

		2.	AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF NCL CORPORATION LTD. (THE “COMPANY”) AND NCLH THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE
LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR
PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT:

 

		(i)	TO THE COMPANY, NCLH OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

		(ii)	PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT;

 

		(iii)	TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF NCLH;
OR

 

		(iv)	PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(iv) ABOVE, THE COMPANY, NCLH AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

    	 	20	 

     

    

 

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR NCLH AND NO PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR NCLH DURING THE THREE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR OWN THIS SECURITY
OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

 

No transfer of any Note will be registered
by the Note Registrar unless the applicable box on the Form of Assignment and Transfer has been checked.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of
this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this ‎Section 2.05(b)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
or in part except (i) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another
nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary
and (ii) for transfers of portions of a Global Note in certificated form made upon request of a member of, or a participant in,
the Depositary (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary
in accordance with Applicable Procedures and in compliance with this ‎Section 2.05(b).

 

The Depositary shall be a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as the “Depositary”
with respect to each Global Note. Initially, each Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede
 & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for Cede & Co.

 

If:

 

(x)       the
Depositary (i) notifies the Company at any time that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global
Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days or (ii) ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange
Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; or

 

(y)       there
has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default and a beneficial owner of any Note requests through the Depositary that its
beneficial interest therein be issued in a Certificated Note,

 

the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of
an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate
and deliver Certificated Notes to each beneficial owner of the related Global Notes (or a portion thereof) in an aggregate Original
Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Original Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount of
such Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes, and upon delivery of the Global Notes to the Trustee such Global Notes shall
be canceled.

 

    	 	21	 

     

    

 

Certificated Notes issued in exchange for
all or a part of the Global Note pursuant to this ‎Section 2.05(b) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized
denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct
the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names
such Certificated Notes are so registered.

 

At such time as all interests in a Global
Note have been exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred, such Global Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the
Trustee in accordance with Applicable Procedures and existing instructions between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time
prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, exchanged, canceled, repurchased
or transferred to a transferee who receives Certificated Notes therefor or any Certificated Note is exchanged or transferred for
part of such Global Note, the Original Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or
increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction
of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

 

None of the Company, the Guarantor, the
Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of
the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising
or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. None of the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall
have any responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary.

 

(c)              
Until the date (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) that is the later of (1) the date that is
one year after the delivery date of the relevant Ordinary Shares, or such other period of time as permitted by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or any successor provision thereto, and (2) such later date, if any, as may be required by applicable law, any share
certificate representing (x) a Preference Share delivered upon conversion of a Note or (y) Ordinary Shares delivered upon exchange
of a Preference Share shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Ordinary Shares have been transferred
pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to
be effective at the time of such transfer or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, with notice thereof to the Trustee
and any transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares):

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

1.       REPRESENTS
THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT AND THAT IT AND ANY
SUCH ACCOUNT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF NORWEGIAN CRUISE LINE HOLDINGS LTD. (“NCLH”), AND

 

    	 	22	 

     

    

 

2.       AGREES
FOR THE BENEFIT OF NCL CORPORATION LTD. (THE “COMPANY”) AND NCLH THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL
ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO
AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT:

 

		(i)	TO THE COMPANY, NCLH OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

		(ii)	PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT;

 

		(iii)	TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF NCLH;
OR

 

		(iv)	PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(iv) ABOVE, THE COMPANY, NCLH AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR NCLH AND NO PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR NCLH DURING THE THREE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR OWN THIS SECURITY
OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

 

(d)              
Any such Ordinary Shares as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms may,
upon surrender of the certificates representing such Ordinary Shares for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer
agent for the Ordinary Shares, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of Ordinary Shares,
which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by ‎Section 2.05(c).

 

    	 	23	 

     

    

 

(e)              
The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer imposed under this Indenture, the Investor Rights Agreement, or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any
interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among members of, or participants in, the Depositary or beneficial owners
of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(f)               
Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the
Depositary.

 

Section 2.06        
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen,
the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon its written request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange
and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every
case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating
agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense
caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish
to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

 

The Trustee or such authenticating agent
may authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or indemnity as the Trustee,
the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating agent may require. Upon the issuance of any substitute Note, the Company or
the Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge
that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Note that has matured or is about
to mature, is subject to Optional Redemption or Tax Redemption, or has been surrendered for repurchase or is about to be exchanged
in accordance with ‎Article 14 shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, in its sole discretion,
instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or exchange or authorize the exchange of the same (without
surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or exchange shall
furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent such security or indemnity as
may be required by them to save each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such
payment or exchange, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if
applicable, any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and
of the ownership thereof.

 

Every substitute Note issued pursuant to
the provisions of this ‎Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional
contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall
be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately
with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the
express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement, payment, redemption or exchange
or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding
any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement, payment, redemption or exchange
of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

    	 	24	 

     

    

 

Section 2.07        
Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Certificated Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating
agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon written request of the Company, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or
lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Certificated
Notes but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by
the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating
agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Certificated Notes. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Certificated Notes (other
than any Global Note) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any Global Note) may be surrendered in exchange therefor,
at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to ‎Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate Original Principal Amount and Accreted Principal
Amount of Certificated Notes. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until
so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under
this Indenture as Certificated Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

Section 2.08        
Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc. The Company shall cause all Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment,
redemption, repurchase (but excluding notes repurchased pursuant to cash-settled swaps or other derivatives that are not physically
settled), exchange or registration of transfer or exchange, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee (including any
of the Company’s agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates), to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and such Notes shall
no longer be considered outstanding for purposes of this Indenture upon their payment, redemption, repurchase, exchange, registration
of transfer or exchange. All Notes delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall be cancelled promptly by it in accordance with
its customary procedures. No Notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any Notes cancelled, except as expressly permitted by
any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures.

 

Section 2.09        
 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and,
if so, the Trustee may use “CUSIP” numbers in notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided
that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes
or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall
promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

 

    	 	25	 

     

    

 

Section 2.10        
Purchases. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law and without the consent of Holders, directly or indirectly
(regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by
the Guarantor, the Company or the Guarantor’s other Subsidiaries or through private or public tenders or exchange offers
or through counterparties to private agreements, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company will cause any
Notes so purchased (other than Notes purchased pursuant to cash-settled swaps or other derivatives that are not physically settled)
to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and they will no longer be considered “outstanding” under the Indenture
upon their purchase.

 

Article
3 

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

Section 3.01        
Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Notes shall upon request of the Company contained in an Officer’s
Certificate cease to be of further effect (except as set forth in the last paragraph of this ‎Section 3.01), and the Trustee,
at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

 

A.               
either:

 

(i)                
all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (x) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen
and which have been replaced or paid as provided in ‎Section 2.06 and (y) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been
deposited in trust with the Trustee or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged
from such trust, as provided in ‎Section 4.04(d)) have been delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation; or

 

(ii)             
the Company or the Guarantor has irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or delivered to Holders, as applicable, after
all of the outstanding Notes have (i) become due and payable, whether at the Maturity Date, upon Optional Redemption, Tax Redemption
or at any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, and/or (ii) have been exchanged, cash or, solely to satisfy outstanding exchanges,
Ordinary Shares (or if applicable, Reference Property), as applicable, sufficient to pay all of the outstanding Notes and/or satisfy
all exchanges, as the case may be, and pay all other sums due and payable under this Indenture by the Company and the Guarantor,
along with irrevocable instructions to apply such cash to the payment of the Notes, as applicable; and

 

B.                
the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

    	 	26	 

     

    

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,
the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to the Trustee under ‎Section 7.06 and, if Ordinary Shares shall have been
deposited with the Paying Agent pursuant to ‎Section 3.01A(ii), ‎Section 4.04 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

Article
4 

Particular Covenants of the Company and the Guarantor

 

Section 4.01        
Payment of Accreted Principal Amount and Interest. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the Accreted Principal
Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable)
of, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. The Accreted Principal Amount and any required
cash interest payments shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or the Guarantor,
holds as of 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date sum sufficient and deposited by the Company or the Guarantor (in immediately
available funds in the case of cash payments) and designated for and sufficient to pay the Accreted Principal Amount and interest
then due. Unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee, the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take
such action.

 

The Company shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal (including the Optional Redemption Price,
Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), at the rate equal to the interest rate (including
cash interest and/or accretion interest, as applicable) on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
period), at the same rate (including cash interest and/or accretion interest, as applicable) to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02        
Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee
or an Affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes and Preference Shares may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange or for payment, redemption or repurchase (“Paying Agent”) or for exchange (“Exchange Agent”)
and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. The Company
shall, at all times, maintain an office or agency in the continental United States to serve as the Company’s Paying Agent
and Exchange Agent for the Notes. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall
fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands (but not service of process)
may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate
one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from
time to time rescind such designations. Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency in the continental United
States where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, the Company shall forthwith designate and maintain such an
office or agency in the continental United States, in order that the Notes shall at all times be payable in the continental United
States. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in
the location of any such other office or agency. The terms “Paying Agent” and “Exchange Agent” include
any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.

 

    	 	27	 

     

    

 

The Company hereby appoints the Trustee
as Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Exchange Agent and designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such
office or agency of the Company.

 

The Company reserves the right to vary or
terminate the appointment of any Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent; act as the Paying Agent; appoint additional Paying
Agents or Exchange Agents; or approve any change in the office through which any Note Registrar or Paying Agent or Exchange Agent
acts.

 

Section 4.03        
Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy
in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in ‎Section 7.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times
be a Trustee hereunder.

 

Section 4.04        
Provisions as to Paying Agent. (a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will
cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject
to the provisions of this ‎Section 4.04:

 

A.               
that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional
Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest
on, the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;

 

B.                
that it will give the Trustee prompt notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the Accreted Principal
Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable)
of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

C.                
that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the
Trustee all sums so held in trust.

 

The Company shall, on or before each due
date of the Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Price, if applicable) of the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such Accreted Principal Amount
(including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), and
unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee, the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action;
provided that, if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be received by the Paying Agent by 10:00 a.m., New York
City time, on such date.

 

    	 	28	 

     

    

 

(b)              
If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the Accreted Principal Amount (including
the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued
and unpaid interest on, the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient
to pay such Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price, if applicable) and accrued and unpaid interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure
to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional
Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest
on, the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

 

(c)              
Anything in this ‎Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining
a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay, cause to be paid or deliver to the Trustee all sums
or amounts held in trust by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this ‎Section 4.04, such sums or amounts
to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment or delivery by the Company or any Paying Agent
to the Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability but only with respect to such sums
or amounts.

 

(d)              
Subject to applicable escheat laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company,
in trust for the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for
two years after such Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental
Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on request of the
Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and
the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantor for payment
thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company
as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 4.05        
[Reserved.]

 

Section 4.06        
Rule 144A Information Requirement and Reporting. (a) For as long as any Notes or Ordinary Shares are outstanding hereunder,
at any time the Guarantor is not subject to Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall, so long as any of the
Notes or any Ordinary Shares issued upon exchange thereof shall, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within
the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide to the Trustee and shall, upon written request, provide
to any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or any Ordinary Shares issued upon exchange of such Notes,
the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to facilitate the resale of such
notes or Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, pursuant to Rule 144A (as such rule may be amended from time to time). The Company
shall take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes or such Ordinary Shares may reasonably request to
the extent from time to time required to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell such Notes or Ordinary Shares in accordance
with Rule 144A, as such rule may be amended from time to time.

 

    	 	29	 

     

    

 

(b)              
The Guarantor shall provide to the Trustee within 15 days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission (after
giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule under the Exchange Act or
any special order of the Commission), copies of any documents or reports that the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (excluding any such information, documents or reports, or portions thereof,
subject to confidential treatment and any correspondence with the Commission). Any such document or report that the Guarantor files
with the Commission via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to be provided to the Trustee
for purposes of this ‎Section 4.06(b) as of the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or such successor).

 

(c)              
Delivery of the reports, information and documents described in Section 4.06(b) to the Trustee is for informational purposes
only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein
or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s and/or the Guarantor’s compliance with
any of the Company’s and/or the Guarantor’s covenants under this Indenture or the Notes (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate). The Trustee shall not be obligated by such covenants or to determine
whether any reports or other documents have been filed with the Commission or via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor
thereto) or posted on any website, or to participate in any conference calls. As used in this ‎Section 4.06(c), documents or
reports that the Company is required to “file” with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act does not include documents or reports that the Company furnishes to the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act.

 

Section 4.07        
No Rights as Shareholders. Holders of Notes, as such, will not have any rights as shareholders of the Guarantor or the
Company (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on Ordinary Shares).

 

Section 4.08        
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Each of the Company and the Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully
do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of
any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has
been enacted.

 

Section 4.09        
Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults.

 

(a)              
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (beginning with the year ended
December 31, 2020), an Officer’s Certificate stating whether the signer thereof has knowledge of any Default that occurred
during the previous year and is then continuing and, if so, specifying each such failure and the nature thereof.

 

    	 	30	 

     

    

 

(b)              
The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate within
30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event that would constitute a Default or Event of
Default, specifying each such event, the status thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto.

 

Section 4.10        
Additional Amounts.

 

(a)              
All payments made by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor (including, in each case, any successor entity), including
amounts payable upon redemption, repurchase or conversion, under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, including, but
not limited to, payments of the Accreted Principal Amount (including, if applicable, the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption
Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) and deliveries of Ordinary Shares upon exchange will be made free and clear
of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes unless the withholding or deduction
of such taxes is then required by law. If the Company, the Guarantor or any other applicable withholding agent is required by law
to withhold or deduct any amount for, or on account of, any taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in
which the Company or the Guarantor is or was incorporated, engaged in business, organized or resident for tax purposes or any political
subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which any payment is made by or on behalf of the Company
or the Guarantor (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent) or any political subdivision thereof or
therein (each of (1) and (2), a “Tax Jurisdiction”) in respect of any payments or delivery under or with respect
to the Notes or the Guarantee, including, without limitation, payments of the Accreted Principal Amount, Optional Redemption Price,
Tax Redemption Price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional
amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of
such payments or delivery by each Holder after such withholding or deduction will equal the respective amounts that would have
been received by each Holder in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however,
that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

A.               
any taxes, to the extent such taxes would not have been imposed but for the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes
(or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant Holder
or beneficial owner, if the relevant Holder or the beneficial owner is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability
company or corporation) being or having been a citizen or resident or national of, or incorporated, engaged in a trade or business
in, being or having been physically present in or having or having had a permanent establishment in, the relevant Tax Jurisdiction
or having had any other present or former connection with the relevant Tax Jurisdiction, other than any connection arising solely
from the acquisition, ownership or disposition of Notes, the exercise or enforcement of rights under such Note, this Indenture
or the Guarantee, or the receipt of payments in respect of such Note or the Guarantee;

 

    	 	31	 

     

    

 

B.                
any taxes, to the extent such taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation
is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent
that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);

 

C.                
any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar taxes;

 

D.               
any taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes or the Guarantee;

 

E.                
any taxes to the extent such taxes would not have been imposed or withheld but for the failure of the Holder or beneficial
owner of the Notes, following the Company’s reasonable written request addressed to the Holder at least 30 days before any
such withholding or deduction would be imposed, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting
requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition
to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without
limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only
to the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to provide such certification or documentation;

 

F.                 
any taxes imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment (where presentation is permitted or required for payment)
by or on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes to the extent such taxes could have been avoided by presenting the
relevant Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent;

 

G.               
any taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Company or the Guarantor to the Holder of the Notes if such Holder
is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent that such taxes
would not have been imposed on such payments had such Holder been the sole beneficial owner of such Note;

 

H.               
any taxes imposed by the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any subdivision thereof or territory
thereof, including any U.S. federal withholding taxes and any taxes that are imposed pursuant to current Section 1471 through 1474
of the Code or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with,
any regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreement between a non-U.S.
jurisdiction and the United States (or any related law or administrative practices or procedures) implementing the foregoing or
any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above);
or

 

    	 	32	 

     

    

 

I.                   
any combination of clauses ‎A through ‎H above.

 

(b)              
In addition to the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantor will also pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future
stamp, issue, registration, value added, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies (including penalties, interest and additions to tax related thereto) which are levied by any relevant Tax Jurisdiction
on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantee or any other document
referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments, with respect thereto, or enforcement of, any of the Notes or the Guarantee
(limited, solely in the case of taxes attributable to the receipt of any payments, or that are imposed on or result from a sale
or other transfer or disposition of a Note by a Holder or a beneficial owner, to any such taxes imposed in a Tax Jurisdiction that
are not excluded under clauses A through ‎C or ‎E through I above or any combination thereof), save in each case for any
such taxes, charges or levies which arise or are increased as a result of any document effecting the registration, issue or delivery
of any of the notes either being signed or executed in the United Kingdom or being brought into the United Kingdom (save in each
case where it was required by law or for the purposes of enforcing the notes to do so).

 

(c)              
If the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with
respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, will
deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional
Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Company or the Guarantor shall notify the Trustee
promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated
to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificates must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the
Paying Agents to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Company or the Guarantor will provide the
Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. The Trustee shall
be entitled to rely absolutely on an Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(d)              
The Company or the Guarantor, if it is the applicable withholding agent, will make all withholdings and deductions (within
the time period) required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance
with applicable law. The Company or the Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority
evidencing the payment of any taxes so deducted or withheld. The Company or the Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a
Holder of the Notes upon request), within 60 days after the date the payment of any taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified
copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s
efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the trustee) by such
entity.

 

    	 	33	 

     

    

 

(e)              
Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the Accreted
Principal Amount of the Notes or of interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or the
Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context,
Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(f)               
This ‎Section 4.10 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, any transfer by a Holder
or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to
the Company (or the Guarantor) is incorporated, engaged in business, organized or resident for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction
from or through which payment is made under or with respect to the Notes (or the Guarantee) by or on behalf of such person and,
in each case, any political subdivision thereof or therein.

 

Article
5 

[Reserved]

 

Article
6 

Defaults and Remedies

 

Section 6.01        
Events of Default. The following events shall be “Events of Default” with respect to the Notes:

 

(a)              
default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(b)              
default in the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon Optional
Redemption, upon any required repurchase, upon a Tax Redemption, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(c)              
failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to convert the Notes into Preference Shares or to procure the delivery
of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exchange of the Preference Shares in accordance with this Indenture upon the exercise of a holder’s
exchange right, and, in each case, such failure continues for five Business Days.

 

(d)              
failure by the Company to issue (i) a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with ‎Section 15.02(c) or (ii)
or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with ‎Section 14.03(b), and, in each case such failure continues
for five Business Days;

 

(e)              
failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply with its obligations under ‎Article 11;

 

(f)               
failure by the Company or the Guarantor for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company and the Trustee to comply with any
of the other agreements of the Company or the Guarantor contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

 

    	 	34	 

     

    

 

(g)              
the failure by the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company, the
Guarantor or one of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Company) within any applicable grace period after final maturity
or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of
such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $125,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent;

 

(h)              
(A) a court having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries
of the Guarantor that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of
the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that together would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary) in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging
the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that together would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary) as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries under
any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official
of the Company, the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its or their property,
or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or
any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or (B) the Company, the Guarantor or
any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary)
(i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case
under any Bankruptcy Law, (ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries or for
all or substantially all the property and assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries,
(iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (iv) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(i)                
failure by the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries of the Guarantor that
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $125,000,000 or its foreign
currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which
judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

(j)                
the Guarantee of the Guarantor is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason
to be in full force and effect, or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Guarantee.

 

Section 6.02        
Acceleration. In case one or more Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such
Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), then, and in each and
every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written
notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice
to the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, may declare 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount of, premium, if any, and accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become
and shall be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) occurs, the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part
of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

    	 	35	 

     

    

 

Section 6.03        
Additional Cash Interest.

 

(a)              
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy
for an Event of Default relating to the Guarantor’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in ‎Section 4.06(b)
shall, after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Cash Interest on
the Notes (subject to Section 6.03(b)) at a rate equal to:

 

A.               
0.25% per annum of the Accreted Principal Amount of the Notes outstanding for each day during the period beginning on, and
including, the date on which such Event of Default first occurred and ending on the earlier of (x) the date on which such Event
of Default is cured or validly waived and (y) the 180th day immediately following, and including, the date on which such Event
of Default first occurred; and

 

B.                
if such Event of Default has not been cured or validly waived prior to the 181st day immediately following, and including,
the date on which such Event of Default first occurred, 0.50% per annum of the Accreted Principal Amount of the Notes outstanding
for each day during the period beginning on, and including, the 181st day immediately following, and including, the date on
which such Event of Default first occurred and ending on the earlier of (x) the date on which such Event of Default is cured or
validly waived and (y) the 360th day immediately following, and including, the date on which such Event of Default first occurred.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the first 180-day
period set forth in this Section 6.03 shall not commence until expiration of the 60-day period referenced in ‎Section 6.01(f)
above.

 

(b)              
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, in no event, however, shall any Additional Cash Interest that
may accrue in the event the Company elects pursuant to Section 6.03 to pay Additional Cash Interest as the sole remedy relating
to the failure to comply with the Company’s obligations under Section 4.06(c) accrue at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum,
regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to the requirement to pay such Additional Cash Interest.

 

(c)              
If the Company elects to pay Additional Cash Interest pursuant to ‎Section 6.03(a), such Additional Cash Interest shall
be payable in cash and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes and will accrue on all Notes then outstanding
from, and including, the date on which the Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations
as set forth in ‎Section 4.06(b) first occurs to, but not including, the 361st day thereafter (or such earlier date on which
such Event of Default is cured or waived by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). On the
361st day after such Event of Default (if such Event of Default is not cured or waived prior to such 361st day), such Additional
Cash Interest will cease to accrue and the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in ‎Section 6.02. In the event
the Company does not elect to pay Additional Cash Interest following an Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure
to comply with its obligations as set forth in ‎Section 4.06(b) in accordance with this ‎Section 6.03, or the Company has
elected to make such payment but does not pay the Additional Cash Interest when due, the Notes shall immediately be subject to
acceleration as provided in ‎Section 6.02. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this ‎Section 6.03 shall not affect
the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default.

 

    	 	36	 

     

    

 

(d)              
In order to elect to pay Additional Cash Interest as the sole remedy during the first 360 days after the occurrence of an
Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in ‎Section 4.06(c), the
Company must notify all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of such election
on or before the close of business on the date on which such Event of Default first occurs. Upon the Company’s failure to
timely give such notice or pay Additional Cash Interest, the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in
 ‎Section 6.02.

 

Section 6.04        
Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. If an Event of Default described in clause ‎(a), (b) or ‎(c) of
 ‎Section 6.01 shall have occurred and the Notes have become due and payable pursuant to ‎Section 6.02, the Company shall,
upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable
on the Notes for the Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price or the Fundamental
Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), satisfaction of the Exchange Obligation with respect to all Notes that have been exchanged,
and interest, if any, with (to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) interest on any such overdue
Accreted Principal Amount, at the rate set forth in Section 4.01, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient
to cover any amounts due to the Trustee under ‎Section 7.06. If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such
demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection
of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company,
the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided
by law out of the property of the Company, the Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

In the event there shall be pending proceedings
for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Guarantor or the Company under Bankruptcy Law, or any other applicable law,
or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall
have been appointed for or taken possession of the Guarantor or the Company, or the property of the Guarantor or the Company, or
in the event of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Guarantor or the Company, or to the creditors or property of the
Guarantor or the Company, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions
of this ‎(a), shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim
or claims for the whole amount of the Accreted Principal Amount and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in respect of the Notes,
and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and to take such other actions
as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings
relative to the Guarantor or the Company, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies
or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due
to the Trustee under ‎Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian
or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses,
and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee
any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including agents and counsel fees, and including
any other amounts due to the Trustee under ‎Section 7.06, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent
that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall
be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, monies, securities and other property that the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings,
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

    	 	37	 

     

    

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed
to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting such Holder or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect
of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

All rights of action and of asserting claims
under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or
the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment
of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee
(and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party)
the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes
parties to any such proceedings.

 

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded
to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of any waiver,
rescission or annulment pursuant to ‎Section 6.09 or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee,
then and in every such case the Company, the Guarantor, the Holders, and the Trustee shall, subject to any determination in such
proceeding, be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the
Company, the Holders, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

    	 	38	 

     

    

 

Section 6.05        
Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this ‎Article 6 with
respect to the Notes shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of
such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender
thereof, if fully paid:

 

FIRST: to the payment of all amounts due
the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder) under ‎Section 7.06;

 

SECOND: to the payment of the amounts then
due and unpaid for the Accreted Principal Amount of, the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price (if applicable) and the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price (if applicable) of, and/or satisfaction of the Exchange Obligation with respect to all Notes
that have been exchanged, and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected,
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes; and

 

THIRD: to the Company.

 

Section 6.06        
Proceedings by Holders. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of the principal amount (including, if applicable,
the Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) or interest when due, or the right to receive payment and/or
delivery of the consideration due upon exchange of any Note, no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by availing
of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect
to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a)              
such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(b)              
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing
to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)              
such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability, claim
or expense;

 

(d)              
the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of such security or
indemnity; and

 

(e)              
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that,
in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice
the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder, it being understood that the Trustee does
not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such use prejudices the rights of another Holder or obtains a preference
or priority over another Holder.

 

    	 	39	 

     

    

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of any Holder to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the
Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, such Note,
on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note or in this Indenture, or to institute suit against
the Company for the enforcement of any such payment of the Accreted Principal Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price,
Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, as applicable), accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on and the
consideration due upon exchange of, its Notes, on or after such respective dates expressed or provided for in this Indenture shall
not be amended without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.07        
Proceedings by Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce
the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any
of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture,
or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

 

Section 6.08        
Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. Except as provided in the last paragraph of ‎Section 2.06, all powers and remedies
given by this ‎Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not
exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture,
and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default
or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of
Default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of ‎Section 6.06, every power and remedy given by this
 ‎Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient,
by the Trustee or by the Holders.

 

Section 6.09        
Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders.

 

(a)              
The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding shall have the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee; provided, however, that (i) such direction
shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
any rule of law or with this Indenture or that it determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being
understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial
to such Holders) or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

    	 	40	 

     

    

 

(b)              
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes
and its consequences hereunder except:

 

A.               
a default in the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount (including any Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price
and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes;

 

B.                
a failure by the Company to deliver the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes; or

 

C.                
with respect to a Default or Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under ‎Article 10 cannot
be modified or amended without the consent of each affected Holder;

 

provided that, in the case of the rescission of any acceleration
with respect to the Notes, (1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction
and (2) all existing Events of Default (other than the nonpayment of the principal of and interest on the Notes that have become
due solely by such declaration of acceleration) have been cured or waived and all amounts owing to the Trustee have been paid.

 

Whenever any Default or Event of Default
hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this ‎Section 6.09, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes
of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent
or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.10        
Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
(as provided in ‎Section 7.02(j)), the Trustee shall send to all Holders as the names and addresses of such Holders appear
upon the Note Register notice of such Default within 90 days after it obtains such knowledge or, if it is not actually known to
a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at such time, promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after it becomes actually
known to a Responsible Officer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount of (including the
Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) or accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, on any Note or a Default in the payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange, the Trustee shall
be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice
is in the interests of the Holders.

 

Section 6.11        
Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof
shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by
any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this
 ‎Section 6.11 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted
by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding,
or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount of (including, but
not limited to, the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to
the Notes being redeemed or repurchased as provided in this Indenture) or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on any Note on or
after the due date expressed or provided for in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the payment or delivery of consideration
due upon exchange.

 

    	 	41	 

     

    

 

Article
7 

Concerning the Trustee

 

Section 7.01        
Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

 

(a)              
Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

 

A.               
the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the
Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture
and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

B.                
in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely,
as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished
to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that
by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine
the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the
accuracy of any such certificates and opinions, including mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(b)              
In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise
or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(c)              
No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its
own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

    	 	42	 

     

    

 

A.               
this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection ‎(a) of this Section;

 

B.                
the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the
Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

C.                
the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
with a written direction received by it pursuant to the terms hereof, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee,
under this Indenture; and

 

D.               
no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.

 

(d)              
Whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of,
or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this ‎Section 7.01.

 

Section 7.02        
Certain Rights of the Trustee.

 

(a)              
The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)              
any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s
Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced
to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be;

 

(c)              
the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and require an Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel or
Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(d)              
the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document,
but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit,
and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, at a reasonable time on
any Business Day, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense
of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

 

    	 	43	 

     

    

 

(e)              
the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through
duly authorized agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence
on the part of any agent, custodian, nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder;

 

(f)               
the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties;

 

(g)              
the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder;

 

(h)              
the Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(i)                
in no event shall the Trustee be liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or
damage and regardless of the form of action;

 

(j)                
except with respect to ‎Section 4.01 hereof, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the
Company with respect to the covenants contained in ‎Article 4 hereof, and the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge
of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee by the Company or by any Holder of the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice
references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

(k)              
the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any
other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) or any records
maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes;

 

(l)                
if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice
to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such
event occurred, unless such Responsible Officer of the Trustee had actual knowledge of such event;

 

(m)            
in the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee shall be placed in a non-interest
bearing trust account, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses, fees,
taxes or other charges incurred thereon or for losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its
maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investments prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing
such investment to provide timely written investment direction, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest
any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction from the Company;

 

    	 	44	 

     

    

 

(n)              
the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this ‎Article 7 shall also be afforded to the Trustee
in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

(o)              
subject to this ‎Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation
to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant
to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any loss, liability, claim or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(p)              
the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably
believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; and

 

(q)              
under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes.

 

Section 7.03        
No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate
of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness
of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee
shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.04        
Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Exchange
Agent, the Custodian or Note Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with
the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent, Custodian or Note Registrar.

 

Section 7.05        
Monies To Be Held in Trust. All monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held
in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law or as expressly provided herein. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest
on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

 

    	 	45	 

     

    

 

Section 7.06        
Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and
the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not
be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing
between the Trustee and the Company, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture
in any capacity hereunder (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and
of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by the Trustee’s
negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company
and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, covenant to indemnify the Trustee (which for purposes of this ‎Section 7.06 shall
include its officers, directors, employees and agents) in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction
entered into in connection herewith and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss,
claim, damage, liability or expense (including court costs and taxes other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred
without negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction)
on the part of the Trustee, its officers, directors, agents or employees, or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may
be, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or in any other capacity hereunder,
including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other
Person) or liability in connection with exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder or of enforcing this
Indenture against the Company or the Guarantor (including this ‎Section 7.06). The obligations of the Company and the Guarantor
under this ‎Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements
and advances shall be secured by a senior claim to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except, subject to the effect of ‎Section 6.05, funds held in trust herewith for the benefit of the
Holders of particular Notes. Such senior claim will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s
right to receive payment of any amounts due under this ‎Section 7.06 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness
of the Company. The obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this ‎Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture, for any reason, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law, final payment
of the Notes and the earlier resignation, removal or replacement of the Trustee. The Company need not pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provided in this ‎Section 7.06 shall
extend to the officers, directors, agents and employees of the Trustee.

 

Without prejudice to any other rights available
to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services
after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended
to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

 

Section 7.07        
Officer’s Certificate as Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in ‎Section 7.01, whenever in the administration
of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior
to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed)
may, in the absence of gross negligence and willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, as determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate
delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate, in the absence of gross negligence and willful misconduct on the
part of the Trustee, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall be full warrant
to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

 

    	 	46	 

     

    

 

Section 7.08        
Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant
to the Trust Indenture Act (as if the Trust Indenture Act were applicable hereto) to act as such and has a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this ‎Section 7.08, the combined capital and surplus of
such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.
If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this ‎Article 7.

 

Section 7.09        
Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trust created hereby
by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof to the Holders at their addresses as
they shall appear on the Note Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors of the Company, one copy of which instrument
shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed
and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the Holders, the resigning Trustee
may, at the expense of the Company, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders, petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes
for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of ‎Section 6.11, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated,
petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it
may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

 

(a)              
In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

 

A.               
the Trustee shall fail to comply with ‎Section 7.13 within a reasonable time after written request therefor by the Company
or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months;

 

B.                
the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of ‎Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

 

C.                
the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or
of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs
for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, the Company may by a Board Resolution
remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors,
one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to
the provisions of ‎Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months may,
on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee
and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe,
remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

 

    	 	47	 

     

    

 

(b)              
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time remove the
Trustee by notifying the Trustee in writing at least 30 days prior to such removal and nominate a successor trustee that shall
be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects
thereto. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after removal of the
Trustee by the Holders, the Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Company and
the Holders, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.

 

(c)              
Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this
 ‎Section 7.09 shall become effective upon (i) payment of all fees and expenses owing to the Trustee and (ii) acceptance of
appointment by the successor trustee as provided in ‎Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.10        
Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in ‎Section 7.09 shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like
effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee,
the predecessor trustee shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of ‎Section 7.06, execute
and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon
request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly
vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless,
retain a senior claim to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by such trustee
as such pursuant to this Indenture, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any
amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of ‎Section 7.06. The retiring or removed Trustee shall have no responsibility
or liability for the action or inaction of any successor Trustee.

 

No successor trustee shall accept appointment
as provided in this ‎Section 7.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the
provisions of ‎Section 7.08.

 

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor
trustee as provided in this ‎Section 7.10, each of the Company and the successor trustee, at the written direction and at the
expense of the Company shall send or cause to be sent notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders at their
addresses as they shall appear on the Note Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten days after acceptance
of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

 

    	 	48	 

     

    

 

Section 7.11        
Succession by Merger, Etc. Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which
the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee (including the administration of this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without
the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that in the case of
any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation
or other entity shall be eligible under the provisions of ‎Section 7.08.

 

In case at the time such successor to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered,
any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent
appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall
not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate
such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases
such certificates of authentication shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture; provided
that the certificate of authentication of the Trustee shall have the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors
by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

Section 7.12        
Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions
from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects
the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action
proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken
or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance
with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than
ten Business Days after the date any Officer actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in
writing to any earlier date), unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of any omission), the
Trustee shall have received written instructions in accordance with this Indenture in response to such application specifying the
action to be taken or omitted.

 

Section 7.13        
Conflicting Interests of Trustee. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the
Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and
subject to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

    	 	49	 

     

    

 

Section 7.14        
Limitation on Trustee’s Liability. Except as provided in this Article, in accepting the trusts hereby created,
the entities acting as Trustee are acting solely as Trustee hereunder and not in their individual capacity and, except as provided
in this Article, all Persons having any claim against the Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture
or any Note shall look only to the Company and the Guarantor for payment or satisfaction thereof.

 

Article
8 

Concerning the Holders

 

Section 8.01        
Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes (which shall mean in each case the applicable percentage of the Accreted Principal Amount unless
otherwise specified) may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver
or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage
have joined therein may be evidenced (i) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in
person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (ii) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of
Holders duly called and held, or (iii) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting
of Holders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Company or the
Trustee may, but shall not be required to, fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders
entitled to take such action. The record date if one is selected shall be not more than fifteen days prior to the date of commencement
of solicitation of such action.

 

Section 8.02        
Proof of Execution by Holders. Subject to the provisions of ‎Section 7.01 and ‎Section 7.02, proof of the execution
of any instrument by a Holder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations
as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved
by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar.

 

Section 8.03        
Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent
and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name a Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat
it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership
or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment
of or on account of the Accreted Principal Amount of and (subject to ‎Section 2.03) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note,
for exchange of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Exchange
Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments or deliveries so made to any Holder,
or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of sums or shares so paid or delivered, effectual to satisfy and discharge
the liability for monies payable or shares deliverable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture
or the Notes following an Event of Default, any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may directly enforce against the
Company, without the consent, solicitation, proxy, authorization or any other action of the Depositary or any other Person, such
Holder’s right to exchange such beneficial interest for a Note in certificated form in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture.

 

    	 	50	 

     

    

 

Section 8.04        
Company-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes
(whether expressed as such or as Original Principal Amount or Accreted Principal Amount) have concurred in any direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company or by any Affiliate of the Company (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantor) shall be disregarded (from both the numerator and the denominator) and deemed not to
be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall
be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Responsible Officer actually knows
are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the
purposes of this ‎Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right
to so act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. In the case of a
dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.
Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying
all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons; and, subject
to ‎Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts
therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

 

Section 8.05        
Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as
provided in ‎Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be
included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its
Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in ‎Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note.
Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of
transfer thereof, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange
or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof.

 

Article
9 

[Reserved]

 

Article
10 

Supplemental Indentures

 

Section 10.01    
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding ‎Section 10.02, without the consent of any Holder,
the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantee to:

 

    	 	51	 

     

    

 

(a)              
cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee;

 

(b)              
provide for the assumption by an Issuer Permitted Successor or a Guarantor Permitted Successor, as the case may be, of the
obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee in accordance with
 ‎Article 11;

 

(c)              
add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(d)              
secure the Notes or the Guarantee;

 

(e)              
increase the Exchange Rate of the Notes;

 

(f)               
add to the covenants or Events of Default of the Company or the Guarantor that the Guarantor’s Board of Directors
considers to be for the benefit of the Holders or make changes that would provide additional rights to Holders or surrender any
right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor;

 

(g)              
make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, as determined in good faith by the Company’s
Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Company delivered to the Trustee;

 

(h)              
in connection with any Specified Corporate Event, provide that the Notes are exchangeable for Reference Property, subject
to ‎Section 14.02, and make certain related changes to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes to the extent expressly required
by this Indenture;

 

(i)                
evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that
the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture as set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate; or

 

(j)                
conform the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to the Description of Notes.

 

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join
with the Company and the Guarantor in the execution of any such amendment, supplement or waiver, to make any further appropriate
agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion,
enter into any amendment, supplement or waiver that adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 10.02    
Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. Except as provided above in ‎Section 10.01 and below in this ‎Section
10.02, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time amend or supplement this Indenture, the
Notes and the Guarantee with the consent (evidenced as provided in ‎Article 8) of the Holders of at least a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined in accordance with ‎Article 8 and including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event
of Default (other than (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal (including any Optional Redemption Price,
Tax Redemption Price and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on
the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded, and (ii) a Default or Event of Default
as a result of a failure by the Company to deliver or procure delivery of the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes) or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee may be waived with the consent (evidenced as provided
in ‎Article 8) of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined
in accordance with ‎Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender
or exchange offer for, Notes); provided, however, that, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no
such amendment shall:

 

    	 	52	 

     

    

 

(a)              
reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(b)              
reduce the rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(c)              
reduce the principal of or extend the Maturity Date of any Note;

 

(d)              
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of the Notes;

 

(e)              
impair or adversely affect the right of Holders to exchange Notes or otherwise modify the provisions with respect to exchange,
or reduce the Exchange Rate (subject to such modifications as are required under this Indenture);

 

(f)               
reduce the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or
modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment
or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

 

(g)              
make any Note payable in a money, or at a place of payment, other than that stated in the Note;

 

(h)              
change the ranking of the Notes in right of payment of the obligations under the Notes;

 

(i)                
impair or affect the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of the Accreted Principal
Amount (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable)
of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, or the consideration due upon exchange of, its Notes, on or after the respective due
dates expressed or provided for in this Indenture;

 

(j)                
make any change to the provisions related to Additional Amounts set forth in Section 4.10 that adversely affects the Holders;

 

    	 	53	 

     

    

 

(k)             
make any change in this ‎Article 10 or in the waiver provisions (including in ‎Section 6.09), in each case, that
requires each Holder’s consent;

 

(l)              
modify the Guarantee in any manner adverse to the Holders; or

 

(m)            
cause the Paid-up Value of the Preference Shares to be altered.

 

Upon the written request of the Company,
and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid and subject to ‎Section 10.05, the
Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantor in the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver unless such amendment,
supplement or waiver adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise,
in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Holders do not need under this ‎Section
10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture. It shall be sufficient
if such Holders approve the substance thereof. After any such amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Company shall
send to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver, unless such a description is included in
a Current Report on a Form 8-K (or a successor thereto) is filed by the Company. However, the failure to give such notice to all
the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.03    
Effect of Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Upon the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this ‎Article 10, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance
therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee,
the Company, the Guarantor and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects
to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such amendment or supplement shall be and be deemed
to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

 

Section 10.04    
Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver to this
Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this ‎Article 10 may, at the Company’s expense, bear a notation in form approved
by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine,
new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors of the Guarantor, to any modification
of this Indenture contained in any such amendment, supplement or waiver may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed
by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to ‎Section
18.11) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding. Failure to make
the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 10.05    
Evidence of Compliance of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver To Be Furnished To Trustee. In addition to the documents required
by ‎Section 18.06, the Trustee shall accept and be entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel as sufficient evidence that any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture executed pursuant hereto complies
with the requirements of this ‎Article 10 and is permitted or authorized by this Indenture and is the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company and the Guarantor party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

    	 	54	 

     

    

 

Article
11 

Consolidation, Merger and Sale

 

Section 11.01    
The Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.

 

(a)              
The Guarantor shall not consolidate with or merge with or into or amalgamate with or otherwise combine with, or sell, lease
or otherwise transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of the Guarantor’s and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries’
consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to, another Person, unless:

 

A.               
 (1) the Guarantor is the surviving Person or (2) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not the Guarantor) (the
 “Guarantor Permitted Successor”) (A) is a Person organized and existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction
and treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (B) expressly assumes by supplemental indenture in form
satisfactory to the Trustee all of the Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee; and

 

B.                
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (i) the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor or a
Guarantor Permitted Successor and is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or has merged into the
Guarantor or a Guarantor Permitted Successor and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under
this Indenture.

 

For purposes of this ‎Section 11.01,
any sale, lease or other transfer or disposition of the assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor to another Person that
would, if such assets were held directly by the Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, have constituted the sale, lease or other
transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Guarantor’s consolidated assets, taken as a whole, shall be deemed
to be the sale, lease or other transfer or disposition of the assets of all or substantially all of the Guarantor’s consolidated
assets, taken as a whole, to another Person.

 

(b)              
Upon any such consolidation, merger, combination, or sale, lease or other transfer or disposition and upon the assumption
by the Guarantor Permitted Successor, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and in form satisfactory
to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the Accreted Principal Amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the
Notes, the due and punctual delivery and/or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon exchange of the Notes and
the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantee to be performed
by the Guarantor, such Guarantor Permitted Successor (if not the Guarantor) shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and
power of and be substituted for, the Guarantor, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part,
and the Guarantor shall be discharged from its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Guarantee, except in the case
of a lease.

 

    	 	55	 

     

    

 

Section 11.02    
Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.

 

(a)              
The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into or amalgamate with or otherwise combine with, or sell, lease
or otherwise transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s and the Company’s Subsidiaries’
consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to, another Person, unless:

 

A.               
(1) the Company is the surviving Person or (2) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not the Company) (the “Issuer
Permitted Successor”) (A) is a Person organized under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction and treated as a corporation
for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (B) expressly assumes by supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee all
of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; and

 

B.                
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (i) the Company is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor or a
Guarantor Permitted Successor or has merged into the Guarantor or a Guarantor Permitted Successor and (ii) no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture.

 

For purposes of this Section 11.02, any
sale, lease or other transfer or disposition of the assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company to another Person that would,
if such assets were held directly by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, have constituted the sale, lease or other transfer
or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets, taken as a whole, shall be deemed to be
the sale, lease or other transfer or disposition of the assets of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated
assets, taken as a whole, to another Person.

 

(b)              
Upon any such consolidation, merger, combination, or sale, lease or other transfer or disposition and upon the assumption
by the Issuer Permitted Successor, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and in form satisfactory to
the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and
punctual delivery and/or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon exchange of the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture and the Notes to be performed by the Company, such Issuer
Permitted Successor (if not the Company) shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of and be substituted for, the
Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the Company shall be discharged
from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture. Such Issuer Permitted Successor (instead of the Company, if applicable)
thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable
hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such
Issuer Permitted Successor instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed,
the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have
been signed and delivered by an Officer of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Issuer Permitted
Successor thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all
respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

    	 	56	 

     

    

 

Section 11.03    
Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate To Be Given to Trustee. In connection with any consolidation, merger,
amalgamation, combination or sale, lease or other transfer or disposition implicated by this ‎Article 11, the Trustee shall
not be required to take any action unless the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that any such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, combination or sale, lease or other transfer or disposition and
any such assumption and such supplemental indenture (if any) complies with the provisions of this ‎Article 11 and, if a supplemental
indenture is required in connection with such transaction, an Opinion of Counsel, which shall state that the Indenture, the Guarantee
and the Notes, as applicable, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of any Guarantor Permitted Successor or any Issuer
Permitted Successor, as applicable, subject to customary exceptions.

 

Article
12 

Immunity of Incorporators, Shareholders, Officers and Directors

 

Section 12.01    
Indenture, Notes and Guarantee Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the Accreted Principal Amount
of or accrued and unpaid interest on, or the payment or delivery of consideration due upon exchange of, any Note or the Guarantee,
nor for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement
of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note or the Guarantee, nor because
of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, shareholder, employee, agent, Officer
or director or Subsidiary (other than the Company), as such, past, present or future, of the Company or the Guarantor or of any
of their respective successor corporations or other entities, either directly or through the Company, the Guarantor or any of their
respective successor corporations or other entities, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement
of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes and the Guarantee.

 

Article
13 

Guarantee

 

Section 13.01    
Guarantee.

 

(a)              
Subject to this ‎Article 13, the Guarantor fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated
and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability
of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby and the obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, that: (i) the Accreted Principal
Amount of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at
the Maturity Date, by acceleration, upon redemption, upon repurchase or otherwise, and interest on the overdue Accreted Principal
Amount, if any, of and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on the Notes will be promptly paid and/or delivered in full when
due upon exchange, and all other payment obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee (acting in any capacity hereunder)
hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, including
without limitation Company’s obligation to procure or cause delivery of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exchange of the Preference
Shares in accordance with this Indenture upon exercise of a Holder’s exchange right, on a senior unsecured basis; (ii) the
obligations of the Company under the Preference Shares and (iii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms
of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration, upon redemption,
upon repurchase or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantor will be
obligated to pay the same immediately. An Event of Default with respect to the Notes under this Indenture shall constitute an event
of default under the Guarantee, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder in the same
manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Company.

 

    	 	57	 

     

    

 

(b)              
The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity
or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder
with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same
or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
defense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding
first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee will not be discharged except
by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to ‎Section 13.03.

 

(c)              
The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this ‎Section 13.01.

 

(d)              
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantor, or any Custodian,
Trustee or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantor, any amount paid by the Company or
the Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force
and effect.

 

(e)              
The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other
hand, (a) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in ‎Article 6 of this Indenture
for the purposes of the Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect
of the obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided
in ‎Article 6 of this Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by
the Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee.

 

    	 	58	 

     

    

 

(f)               
The Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against
the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors
or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance
of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any
obligee on the Notes or the Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise,
all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced,
restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount
paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(g)              
In case any provision of the Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(h)              
Each payment to be made by the Guarantor in respect of the Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction
or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

(i)                
For the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantee with respect to a Note is not exchangeable separately from the Preference Shares
and shall automatically terminate when such Note is exchanged in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Section 13.02    
Execution and Delivery.

 

The Guarantee shall be evidenced by the
execution and delivery of this Indenture or a supplement to this Indenture and no notation of the Guarantee need be endorsed on
any Note. The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Guarantee set forth in ‎Section 13.01 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of the Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this
Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee,
after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf
of the Guarantor.

 

    	 	59	 

     

    

 

Section 13.03    
Release of the Guarantee.

 

The Guarantee shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged under this Indenture upon the discharge of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

At the request of the Company and upon delivery
of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company
in order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee.

 

Section 13.04    
Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

The Guarantor, and by its acceptance of
Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent
conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention,
the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee will
be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor and
result in the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer
under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Section 13.05    
Subrogation.

 

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all
rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by the Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of ‎Section
13.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or
receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company
under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 13.06    
Benefits Acknowledged.

 

The Guarantor acknowledges that it will
receive benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant
to the Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 13.07    
“Trustee” to Include Paying Agent.

 

In case at any time any Paying Agent other
than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used
in this ‎Article 13 shall in each case (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to, and including,
such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully and for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this ‎Article
13 in place of the Trustee.

 

    	 	60	 

     

    

 

Article
14 

Exchange of Notes

 

Section 14.01    
Exchange Privilege.

 

(a)              
Subject to the terms of the Notes and this Indenture, each Note shall entitle the Holder to convert such Note into a number
of whole and fractional Preference Shares equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Accreted Principal Amount of the Note
immediately prior to the exercise of the exchange right thereto and the denominator of which is the Paid-Up Value, with each Preference
Share being issued and allotted at a price equal to the Paid-Up Value (or with respect to a fraction of a Preference Share so issued,
such fraction of the Paid-Up Value). The Company shall procure that all Preference Shares issued on exchange of the Notes shall
(without any further action being required to be taken by exchanging Holders of the Notes) immediately and automatically be transferred
on and as of the relevant Exchange Date to the Guarantor. Accordingly, references in this Indenture to rights of exchange, or to
the exchange of Notes for Ordinary Shares, and all similar expressions, shall be taken to refer to the entitlement of the Holder
to convert notes into Preference Shares and the immediate and automatic exchange of such Preference Shares for Ordinary Shares,
which the Company shall cause to occur, pursuant to the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(b)              
Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this ‎Article 14, each Holder of a Note shall have the right,
at such Holder’s option, at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity
Date, to convert such Note into a number of Preference Shares equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Accreted Principal
Amount of the note immediately prior to the exercise of the exchange right thereto and the denominator of which is the Paid-Up
Value. The Company shall cause, as noted in (a) above, each Preference Share to be exchanged for a number of Ordinary Shares, subject
to certain limitations set forth in ‎Sections 14.01(c) and ‎14.01(d), at an initial exchange rate of 82.6446 Ordinary Shares
(subject to adjustment as provided in ‎Section 14.04 and, if applicable, ‎Section 14.03, the “Exchange Rate”)
(subject to the settlement provisions of ‎Section 14.02, the “Exchange Obligation”) or with respect to a
fraction of Preference Share, of such fraction of the Exchange Rate.

 

(c)              
If the Company calls the Notes for Tax Redemption pursuant to Section 16.01 or Optional Redemption pursuant to ‎Section
17.01, Holders may exchange any or all of their Notes called for redemption at any time from, and including, the date of the Notice
of Tax Redemption or Notice of Optional Redemption until the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding
the Tax Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as applicable, or, if the Company fails to pay the Tax Redemption Price or
Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, such later date on which the Company pays or duly provides for such applicable redemption
price.

 

    	 	61	 

     

    

 

(d)              
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, no Holder of the Notes shall be entitled to receive
Ordinary Shares upon exchange of such Notes or Preference Shares to the extent that such receipt would cause a violation of the
Ownership Limitation (determined by taking into account any exemption granted by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors pursuant
to the Guarantor’s bye-laws) and any purported delivery of Ordinary Shares upon exchange of such Notes or Preference Shares
shall be void and have no effect to the extent that such delivery would result in a violation of the Ownership Limitation (determined
by taking into account any exemption granted by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors pursuant to the Guarantor’s bye-laws).
If any delivery of Ordinary Shares owed to a Holder upon exchange of Notes or Preference Shares is not made, in whole or in part,
as a result of the limitations described in this Section 14.01(d), the Company’s obligation to make such delivery shall not
be extinguished, and the Company shall deliver such Ordinary Shares (but only to the extent that such delivery would not cause
a violation of the Ownership Limitation (determined by taking into account any exemption granted by the Guarantor’s Board
of Directors pursuant to the Guarantor’s bye-laws)) as promptly as practicable after the applicable Holder gives notice to
the Company and the Company determines that such delivery would not result in a violation of the Ownership Limitation, provided
that to the extent a purported delivery of any such Ordinary Shares owed to a Holder upon exchange of Notes or Preference Shares
that would cause a violation of the Ownership Limitation is made, such Ordinary Shares (to the extent that such delivery would
result in a violation of the Ownership Limitation (determined by taking into account any exemption granted by the Guarantor’s
Board of Directors pursuant to the Guarantor’s bye-laws)) shall be, subject to the terms of the Guarantor’s bye-laws
(as they may be further amended), automatically designated and treated as “Excess Shares” (as such term is defined
in the Guarantor’s bye-laws, as it may be further amended, and as used therein) and shall be transferred to the Excess Share
Trustee (as such term is defined in the Guarantor’s bye-laws, as it may be further amended), for the benefit of the Charitable
Beneficiary (as such term is defined in the Guarantor’s bye-laws, as it may be further amended). A Holder of Notes that were
exchanged into Excess Shares shall have no rights in such Excess Shares, other than a right to receive certain payments upon liquidation,
dissolution or, in certain circumstances, disposition of such Excess Shares, and shall not be permitted to receive any amount that
reflects any appreciation in the Excess Shares during the period that such Excess Shares were outstanding.

 

Section 14.02    
Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange.

 

(a)              
Upon exchange of any Note, the Accreted Principal Amount of Notes shall convert into
whole and fractional fully paid Preference Shares as described in Section 14.01 hereof. All Preference Shares issued on exchange
of the Notes shall (without any further action being required to be taken by exchanging Holders of the Notes) immediately and automatically
be transferred on and as of the relevant Exchange Date to the Guarantor, and in consideration therefor, the Company shall cause
the Guarantor to either issue or transfer and deliver to such Holder, for each $1,000 of the Accreted Principal Amount of Notes
exchanged by such Holder, a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Exchange Rate, together with a cash payment in lieu of delivering
any fractional Ordinary Share issuable upon exchange based on the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the relevant
Exchange Date, on the second Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date, unless such Exchange Date occurs
following the Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, in which case the Company shall make such delivery (and payment,
if applicable) on the Maturity Date. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility
to deliver Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares to any person or deal with cash payments in relation to conversions and exchanges,
except for cash payments in lieu of any fractional Ordinary Shares.

 

    	 	62	 

     

    

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantor
will not issue a number of Ordinary Shares upon exchange of the Notes contemplated hereby in excess of 19.9% of the Guarantor’s
outstanding Ordinary Shares unless its shareholders approve a proposal to permit the issuance of a greater number of shares in
accordance with New York Stock Exchange Rules.

 

(b)              
To exchange a beneficial interest in a Global Note (which exchange is irrevocable), the holder of such beneficial interest
must:

 

(i)                
comply with the Applicable Procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a Global Note;

 

(ii)             
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the Exchange
Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Exchange (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice of Exchange”);

 

(iii)           
if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes (subject to Section 14.02(e)); and

 

(iv)            
if required, pay funds equal to any cash interest payable on the next Interest Accrual/Payment Date to which such
Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h); and

 

(c)              
To exchange a Certificated Note, the Holder must:

 

(i)                
complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable Notice of Exchange to the Exchange Agent and deliver such Note
to the Exchange Agent for surrender to the Company;

 

(ii)             
if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;

 

(iii)           
if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes (subject to Section 14.02(e)); and

 

(iv)            
if required, pay funds equal to any cash interest payable on the next Interest Accrual/Payment Date to which such
Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h).

 

The Trustee (and if different, the Exchange
Agent) shall notify the Company of any exchange pursuant to this ‎Article 14 on the Exchange Date for such exchange.

 

If a Holder has already delivered a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice with respect to a Note, such Holder may not surrender such Note for exchange until such Holder has validly
withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (or, in the case of a Global Note, has complied with the Applicable Procedures
with respect to such a withdrawal) in accordance with the terms of ‎Section 15.03. If a Holder has already delivered a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice, such Holder’s right to withdraw such notice and exchange the Notes that are subject to repurchase
will terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.
If the Company has designated a Tax Redemption Date pursuant to Section 16.02(a), a Holder that complies with the requirements
for exchange set forth in this ‎Section 14.02(b) shall be deemed to have delivered a notice of its election not to have its
Notes so redeemed.

 

    	 	63	 

     

    

 

If more than one Note shall be surrendered
for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis
of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.
None of the Agents of the Trustee shall have any responsibility whatsoever with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Preference
Shares to the exchanging Holder.

 

(d)              
A Note shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “Exchange
Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in ‎Section 14.02(b) above.

 

The Company shall issue or cause to be issued,
and deliver to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, certificates or a book-entry transfer through the Depositary,
as the case may be, for the full number of Ordinary Shares to which such Holder shall be entitled in satisfaction of the Company’s
Exchange Obligation.

 

(e)              
In case any Certificated Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, in an Authorized Denomination, the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder so surrendered a new Note or
Notes in an Authorized Denomination in an aggregate Accreted Principal Amount equal to the un-exchanged portion of the surrendered
Note, without payment of any service charge by the exchanging Holder but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of
a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in connection
therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange being different from the name of the
Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

 

(f)               
If a Holder submits a Note for exchange, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due
on the issuance or delivery of the Ordinary Shares upon exchange of the Notes, including
in respect of the allotment and issue of Preference Shares on exercise of such exchange or on the immediate and automatic transfer
of any Preference Shares to the Guarantor pursuant to such exchange or in respect of the allotment, issue or transfer and delivery
of any Ordinary Shares on exchange of the Preference Shares, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests such Ordinary Shares
to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder shall pay that tax.

 

(g)              
Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian of the Global Note at the direction of
the Trustee, shall make a notation in the books and records of the Trustee and Depositary as to the reduction in the principal
amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any exchange of Notes effected through any Exchange
Agent other than the Trustee.

 

    	 	64	 

     

    

 

(h)              
Upon exchange, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set
forth below. The Company’s settlement of the Exchange Obligation shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay
the Accreted Principal Amount of the Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant Exchange
Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant Exchange Date shall be deemed to be
paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Notes are exchanged after the
close of business on a Regular Record Date for the payment of interest but prior to the open of business on the immediately following
Interest Accrual/Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive the full
amount of interest payable on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Accrual/Payment Date notwithstanding the exchange. If applicable,
Notes surrendered for exchange during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the open of business
on the immediately following Interest Accrual/Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of cash interest payable
on the Notes so exchanged on the corresponding Interest Accrual/Payment Date; provided that no such payment shall be required
(1) for exchanges following the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified an
Optional Redemption Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding
Interest Accrual/Payment Date (or, if such Interest Accrual/Payment Date is not a Business Day, the second Business Day immediately
following such Interest Accrual/Payment Date); (3) if the Company has specified a Tax Redemption Date that is after a Regular Record
Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Accrual/Payment Date (or, if such Interest
Accrual/Payment Date is not a Business Day, the second Business Day immediately following such Interest Accrual/Payment Date);
(4) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the
Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Accrual/Payment Date (or, if such Interest Accrual/Payment Date is
not a Business Day, the second Business Day immediately following such Interest Accrual/Payment Date); or (5) to the extent of
any Defaulted Amounts, if any Defaulted Amounts exist at the time of exchange with respect to such Note. Therefore, for the avoidance
of doubt, all Holders of record on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, any Optional Redemption Date,
any Tax Redemption or any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or
other applicable Interest Accrual/Payment Date in cash regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged following such Regular
Record Date.

 

(i)                
The Person in whose name any Ordinary Shares delivered upon exchange is registered shall become the holder of record of
such Ordinary Shares as of the close of business on the relevant Exchange Date, and the person in whose name the Ordinary Shares
shall be issuable upon such exchange shall be caused to be treated as the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares as of the close
of business on such Exchange Date. Upon an exchange of Notes, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered
for exchange; provided that in the case of an exchange between a Regular Record Date and the corresponding Interest Accrual/Payment
Date, the Holder of record as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date shall have the right to receive the interest
payable on such Interest Accrual/Payment Date, in accordance with Section 14.02(h).

 

    	 	65	 

     

    

 

(j)                
No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon exchange of Preference Shares. The Company shall cause cash to be paid
in lieu of delivering any fractional Ordinary Shares upon exchange in accordance with Section 14.02(a).

 

Section 14.03    
Increase in Exchange Rate Upon Exchange in Connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or a Tax Redemption.  (a)
If the Event Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Maturity Date or the Company delivers a Notice
of a Tax Redemption and, in either case, a Holder elects to exchange its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change
or Notice of Tax Redemption, the Company will, under the circumstances described below, increase the Exchange Rate for the Notes
so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional Ordinary Shares (the “Additional Shares”), as described
below. An exchange of Notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change
if the relevant Notice of Exchange (or, in the case of a Global Note, the relevant Notice of Exchange in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures) is received by the Exchange Agent during the period from, and including, the open of business on the Event Effective
Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding
the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental
Change but for (x) the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof or (y) the Adequate Cash Exchange Provisions, the 35th Trading
Day immediately following the Event Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change) (such period, the “Make-Whole
Fundamental Change Period”). An exchange of Notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with”
a Tax Redemption if the relevant Notice of Exchange (or, in the case of a Global Note, the relevant Notice of Exchange in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures) is received by the Exchange Agent during the period from, and including, the open of business on
the date of the Notice of Tax Redemption up to, and including, the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding
the related Tax Redemption Date or, if the Company fails to pay the Redemption Price, such later date on which the Company pays
the Redemption Price.

 

(b)              
Upon surrender of Notes for exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Notice of Tax Redemption, the
Company shall satisfy its Exchange Obligation by causing to be delivered Ordinary Shares, including any Additional Shares in accordance
with ‎Section 14.02 (after giving effect to any increase in the Exchange Rate required by this ‎Section 14.03); provided,
however, that, if the consideration for Ordinary Shares in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of
the definition of Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange of Notes following the Event Effective Date
of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Exchange Obligation shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction
and shall be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 Accreted Principal Amount of exchanged Notes equal to (i) the Exchange Rate
(including any increase to reflect the Additional Shares as described in this ‎Section 14.03), multiplied by (ii) such
Stock Price. The Company shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of the
Event Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change (the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Company Notice”).

 

    	 	66	 

     

    

 

(c)              
The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased in connection Make-Whole Fundamental
Change or Notice of Tax Redemption shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on:

 

A.               
in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective
or, in the case of a Tax Redemption, the date on the Notice of Tax Redemption (in each case, the “Event Effective Date”);
and

 

B.                
in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the price paid (or deemed to be paid) per Ordinary Share in the Make-Whole
Fundamental Change, as described in the succeeding paragraph, or, in the case of a Tax Redemption, the average of the Last Reported
Sale Prices per Ordinary Share over the five Trading Day period, ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding
the date of such Notice of Tax Redemption, as the case may be (in each case, the “Stock Price”).

 

If the holders of the Ordinary Shares receive in exchange for
their Ordinary Shares only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change,
the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per Ordinary Share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported
Sale Prices per Ordinary Share over the five Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding
the Event Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

 

(d)              
The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange
Rate is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal (i) the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment,
multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise
to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares
set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Exchange Rate as set forth in ‎Section
14.04.

 

(e)              
The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased (for each $1,000
of Accreted Principal Amount of Notes) pursuant to this ‎Section 14.03 based on the Stock Price and Event Effective Date set
forth below:

 

	 	 	Stock
price
	 
	Event
                                         Effective Date
	 	$	11.00	 	 	$	11.50	 	 	$	12.10	 	 	$	15.00	 	 	$	20.00	 	 	$	25.00	 	 	$	30.25	 	 	$	45.00	 	 	$	60.00	 	 	$	75.00	 	 	$	100.00	 	 	$	125.00	 
	May 28, 2020	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	7.8591	 	 	 	7.4198	 	 	 	5.8100	 	 	 	4.1660	 	 	 	3.1940	 	 	 	2.5250	 	 	 	1.4860	 	 	 	0.9548	 	 	 	0.6364	 	 	 	0.3180	 	 	 	0.1270	 
	June 1, 2021	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	7.1061	 	 	 	6.6760	 	 	 	5.1347	 	 	 	3.6245	 	 	 	2.7704	 	 	 	2.1980	 	 	 	1.3280	 	 	 	0.8878	 	 	 	0.6244	 	 	 	0.3180	 	 	 	0.1270	 
	June 1, 2022	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	6.3157	 	 	 	5.8587	 	 	 	4.2300	 	 	 	2.7120	 	 	 	1.9468	 	 	 	1.4959	 	 	 	0.9000	 	 	 	0.6188	 	 	 	0.4517	 	 	 	0.2849	 	 	 	0.1270	 
	June 1, 2023	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	5.9852	 	 	 	5.5041	 	 	 	3.7360	 	 	 	1.9125	 	 	 	0.8488	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	June 1, 2024	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	5.7443	 	 	 	5.2628	 	 	 	3.5600	 	 	 	1.8460	 	 	 	0.8372	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	June 1, 2025	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	5.1226	 	 	 	4.5231	 	 	 	2.8387	 	 	 	1.5165	 	 	 	0.7200	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	June 1, 2026	 	 	8.2644	 	 	 	4.3122	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 

 

    	 	67	 

     

    

 

The exact Stock Price and/or Event Effective
Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

 

A.               
if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table or the Event Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in
the table, the number of Additional Shares by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased shall be determined by a straight-line
interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later
Event Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as the case may be;

 

B.                
if the Stock Price is greater than $125.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth
in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (d) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange
Rate; and

 

C.                
if the Stock Price is less than $11.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth
in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (d) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange
Rate.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
shall the Exchange Rate per $1,000 Accreted Principal Amount of Notes exceed 90.9090 Ordinary Shares, subject to adjustment in
the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to ‎Section 14.04.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if a Holder
converts its Notes prior to the Event Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, then, whether or not such Make-Whole Fundamental
Change occurs, such Holder shall not be entitled to an increased Exchange Rate in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

 

(f)               
Nothing in this ‎Section 14.03 shall prevent an adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to ‎Section 14.04 in respect
of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

 

Section 14.04    
Adjustment of Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company if any of the following
events occurs, except that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Exchange Rate if Holders of the Notes participate
(other than in the case of (x) a share split or share combination or (y) a tender or exchange offer), at the same time and upon
the same terms as holders of Ordinary Shares and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described
in this ‎Section 14.04, without having to exchange their Notes, as if they held a number of Ordinary Shares equal to (i) the
Exchange Rate, multiplied by (ii) the Accreted Principal Amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder.

 

    	 	68	 

     

    

 

(a)              
If the Guarantor exclusively issues Ordinary Shares as a dividend or distribution on Ordinary Shares, or if the Guarantor
effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

 

where,

 

	ER0	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the Effective Date of such share split or share combination, as applicable;
	 	 	 
	ER1	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on such Record Date or immediately after the open of business on such Effective Date, as applicable;
	 	 	 
	OS0	=	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the close of business on such Record Date or immediately prior the open of business on such Effective Date, as applicable, before giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination; and
	 	 	 
	OS1	=	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination.

  

Any adjustment made under this ‎Section 14.04(a) shall become
effective immediately after the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the
open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution
of the type described in this ‎Section 14.04(a) is declared and results in an adjustment under this ‎Section 14.04(a) but
is not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s Board
of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend
or distribution had not been declared.

 

(b)              
If the Guarantor issues to all or substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares any rights, options or warrants entitling
them, for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase
Ordinary Shares at a price per Ordinary Share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per Ordinary Share
for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement
of such issuance, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where,

 

    	 	69	 

     

    

 

	ER0	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such issuance;
	 	 	 
	ER1	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on such Record Date;
	 	 	 
	OS0	=	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the close of business on such Record Date;

  

	X	=	the total number of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and

 

	Y	=	the number of Ordinary Shares equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by
the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per ordinary share over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and
including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

 

Any increase made under this ‎Section 14.04(b) shall be
made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the close
of business on the Record Date for such issuance. To the extent that such rights, options or warrants are not exercised prior to
their expiration or Ordinary Shares are not delivered after the exercise or expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the
Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance
of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of Ordinary Shares actually delivered.
If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s
Board of Directors determines not to issue such rights, options or warrants, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect
if such Record Date for such issuance had not occurred.

 

For purposes of this ‎Section 14.04(b), in determining whether
any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders of Ordinary Shares to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares at less than
such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices per share of the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the
Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of
such Ordinary Shares, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or
warrants and any amount payable on exercise or exchange thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined
by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors.

 

(c)              
If the Guarantor distributes shares of its share capital, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the
Guarantor or rights, options or warrants to acquire its share capital or other securities, to all or substantially all holders
of the Ordinary Shares, excluding:

 

A.               
dividends, distributions or issuances as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to ‎Section 14.04(a) or ‎Section
14.04(b);

 

    	 	70	 

     

    

 

B.                
rights issued under a stockholder rights plan (except as set forth below);

 

C.                
dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which the provisions set forth in ‎Section 14.04(d) apply;

 

D.               
any dividends and distributions in connection with a Specified Corporate Event described under ‎Section 14.07; and

 

E.                
Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this ‎Section 14.04(c) shall apply;

 

(any of such shares of share capital, evidences of indebtedness,
other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire share capital or other securities of the Guarantor, the “Distributed
Property”), then the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where,

 

	ER0	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such distribution;
	 	 	 
	ER1	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on such Record Date;
	 	 	 
	SP0	=	the average of the Daily VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
	 	 	 
	FMV	=	the fair market value (as determined by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors) of the Distributed Property so distributed with respect to each outstanding Ordinary Share on the Record Date for such distribution.

 

Any increase made under the portion of this
 ‎Section 14.04(c) above shall become effective immediately after the close of business on the Record Date for such distribution.
If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s
Board of Directors determines not to pay or make such distribution, to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such
distribution had not been declared.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV”
(as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase,
each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 of Accreted Principal Amount thereof, at the same time and upon
the same terms as holders of the Ordinary Shares receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property
that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the
Record Date for the distribution.

 

    	 	71	 

     

    

 

With respect to an adjustment pursuant to
this ‎Section 14.04(c) where there has been an Ex-Dividend Date for a dividend or other distribution on the Ordinary Shares
of capital of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor,
that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”),
the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where,

 

	ER0	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
	 	 	 
	ER1	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
	 	 	 
	FMV0	=	the average of the Daily VWAP of the share capital or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Ordinary Shares applicable to one Ordinary Share (determined by reference to the definition of Daily VWAP as set forth in ‎Section 1.01 as if references therein to the Ordinary Shares were to such share capital or similar equity interest) over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day period after, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
	 	 	 
	MP0	=	the average of the Daily VWAP of Ordinary Shares over the Valuation Period.

 

The increase to the Exchange Rate under
the preceding paragraph will occur at the close of business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period; provided that
in respect of any exchange of Notes, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the Valuation Period, the reference to “10”
in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Ex-Dividend
date for such Spin-Off and such Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate. If such Spin-Off does not occur, the Exchange Rate
shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s Board of Directors determines not to consummate such Spin-Off,
to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared, effective as of the date on which
Guarantor’s Board of Directors (or its designee) determines not to consummate such Spin-Off.

 

For purposes of this ‎Section 14.04(c)
(and subject in all respects to ‎Section 14.11), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of
Ordinary Shares entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s share capital, including Ordinary Shares
(either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event
or events (“Trigger Event”):

 

    	 	72	 

     

    

 

A.               
are deemed to be transferred with such Ordinary Shares;

 

B.                
are not exercisable; and

 

C.                
are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Ordinary Shares, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for
purposes of this ‎Section 14.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this ‎Section 14.04(c) will be required)
until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed
and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Exchange Rate shall be made under this ‎Section 14.04(c). If any
such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture,
are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities,
evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the
date of distribution and Record Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing
rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof).
In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or
other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of
calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this ‎Section 14.04(c) was made:

 

(i)                
in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise
by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options
or warrants had not been issued and (y) the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed
distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or
purchase price received by a holder or holders of Ordinary Shares with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such
holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Ordinary Shares as of the date of such redemption
or purchase, and

 

(ii)             
in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any
holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

 

For purposes of ‎Section 14.04(a), ‎Section
14.04(b) and this ‎Section 14.04(c), any dividend or distribution to which this ‎Section 14.04(c) is applicable that also
includes one or both of:

 

    	 	73	 

     

    

 

A.               
a dividend or distribution of Ordinary Shares to which ‎Section 14.04(a) is applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”);
or

 

B.                
a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which ‎Section 14.04(b) is applicable (the “Clause
B Distribution”),

 

then:

 

(i)                
such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed
to be a dividend or distribution to which this ‎Section 14.04(c) is applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”)
and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by this ‎Section 14.04(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be
made; and

 

(ii)             
the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution
and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by ‎Section 14.04(a) and ‎Section 14.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be
made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Record Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B
Distribution shall be deemed to be the Record Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any Ordinary Shares included in the Clause
A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the close of business
on such Record Date or immediately after the open of business on such Effective Date” within the meaning of ‎Section
14.04(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the close of business on such Record Date” within the meaning of ‎Section
14.04(b).

 

(d)              
If any cash dividend or distribution is made to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares, the Exchange Rate shall
be increased based on the following formula:

 

	ER1 = ER0 ×       	
        SP0

	SP0 – C

 

where,

 

	ER0	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
	 	 	 
	ER1	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
	 	 	 
	SP0	=	the Daily VWAP of Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;

 

    	 	74	 

     

    

 

	C	=	the amount in cash per share the Guarantor distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares.

 

Any increase made pursuant to this ‎Section
14.04(d) shall become effective immediately after the close of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution. If
such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s
Board of Directors determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect
if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C”
(as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase,
each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 Accreted Principal Amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms
as holders of the Ordinary Shares, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of Ordinary
Shares equal to the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Record Date for such cash dividend
or distribution.

 

(e)              
If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Ordinary Shares,
to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Ordinary Shares exceeds the
average of the Daily VWAP of Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading
Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (such date,
the “Expiration Date”), the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

 

where,

 

	ER0	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
	 	 	 
	ER1	=	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
	 	 	 
	AC	=	the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors) paid or payable for shares purchased or exchanged in such tender or exchange offer;
	 	 	 
	OS0	=	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);

 

    	 	75	 

     

    

 

	OS1	=	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
	 	 	 
	SP1	=	the average of the Daily VWAP of Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.

 

The Increase to the Exchange Rate under
this ‎Section 14.04(e) shall occur at the close of business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the
Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date; provided that in respect to any exchange of Notes, if the relevant Exchange
Date occurs during the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date
of any tender or exchange offer, references to “10” or “10th” under this ‎Section 14.04(e)
shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Expiration Date of such tender
or exchange offer and such Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate.

 

In the event that the Guarantor or one of
its Subsidiaries is obligated to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer,
but the Guarantor or such Subsidiary is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or all of such
purchases are rescinded, then the Exchange Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if
such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been effected.
For the avoidance of doubt, the terms “tender offer” and “exchange offer” mean a “tender offer”
as such term is used under the Exchange Act.

 

(f)               
If the Guarantor shall issue Ordinary Shares or any other security convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary
Shares (such Ordinary Shares or other security, “Equity-Linked Securities”), for a consideration per Ordinary
Share (or exchange price per Ordinary Share) less than the daily VWAP of its Ordinary Shares on the date the Guarantor fixes the
offering price (or exchange price) of Equity-Linked Securities, the Exchange Rate shall be increased (but not decreased) based
on the following formula:

 

	ER = ER0 ×	
        OS

	OS0 + (AC/SP)

 

 

 where,

 

	ER0	= 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity-Linked Securities;
	 	 	 
	ER	= 	the new Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the issuance of such Equity-Linked Securities;
	 	 	 
	AC	= 	the aggregate consideration paid or payable for such Equity-Linked Securities;

 

    	 	76	 

     

    

 

	OS0	= 	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity-Linked Securities;
	 	 	 
	OS	= 	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the issuance of such Equity-Linked Securities or issuable pursuant to such Equity-Linked Securities; and
	 	 	 
	SP	=	the daily VWAP of the Ordinary Shares on the date of issuance of such Equity-Linked Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustments
shall be made, paid or issued under this Section 14.04(f) in respect of an Exempt Issuance. If an adjustment under this Section
14.04(f) would cause the Exercise Price to become less than the Floor Price, then the adjustment under this Section 14.04(f) will
increase the Exercise Rate only to a level that causes the Exercise Price to equal the Floor Price. The Company shall notify the
Holders, in writing, promptly following the issuance of Equity-Linked Securities, indicating therein the applicable issuance price,
or applicable reset price, Exchange Rate, Exchange Price, conversion price and other pricing terms. If the Guarantor enters into
a Variable Rate Transaction, the Guarantor shall be deemed to have issued Equity-Linked Securities at the lowest possible conversion
or Exercise Price at which such securities may be converted or exercised.

 

As a condition precedent to the taking of
any action which would require an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.04(f), the Guarantor and the Company shall take any action
which may be necessary, including obtaining regulatory, New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Stock Market or other applicable national
securities exchange or shareholder approvals or exemptions, as applicable, in order that the Guarantor may thereafter validly and
legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable all Ordinary Shares that the Holder is entitled to receive upon exchange of the Notes
pursuant to this Section 14.04(f) and may issue such Ordinary Shares in compliance with the rules of such regulatory body or securities
exchange.

 

(g)              
All calculations and other determinations under this ‎Article 14 shall be made by the Company and all adjustments to
the Exchange Rate shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000th) of an Ordinary Share. In no event will the Exchange
Rate be adjusted such that the Exchange Price shall be less than the par value per Ordinary Share. Notwithstanding anything in
this ‎Article 14 to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to adjust the Exchange Rate unless the adjustment would
result in a change of at least 1.0% to the Exchange Rate; provided, however, the Company shall carry forward, and
take into account in any future adjustment, any adjustments that are less than 1.0% of the Exchange Rate and make such carried
forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1.0%, (i) on the Event Effective Date of any Make-Whole
Fundamental Change or the effective date of any Fundamental Change, (ii) on the Exchange Date for any Notes and (iii) on the date
of a Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Optional Redemption.

 

(h)              
In addition to those adjustments required by clauses ‎(a), ‎(b), ‎(c), ‎(d) and ‎(e) of this ‎Section
14.04, and to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange, the Company
from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if the Guarantor’s
Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the Company’s and/or the Guarantor’s best interest. In
addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange, the Company
may also (but is not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Ordinary Shares
or rights subscribe for or to purchase Ordinary Shares in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire
shares) or similar event. Whenever the Exchange Rate is increased pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences, the Company
shall send to the Holder of each Note at its last address appearing on the Note Register a notice of the increase at least 15 days
prior to the date the increased Exchange Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Exchange Rate and the period
during which it will be in effect.

 

    	 	77	 

     

    

 

(i)                
Except as stated herein, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of Ordinary Shares or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or the right to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares or such convertible
or exchangeable securities. For example, the Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted:

 

A.               
upon the issuance of Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends
or interest payable on the Guarantor’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares under
any plan;

 

B.                
upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future
employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (including the
Company);

 

C.                
upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible
security not described in clause B. of this subsection and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;

 

D.               
for ordinary course of business share repurchases that are not tender offers referred to in ‎Section 14.04(e), including
structured or derivative transactions or pursuant to a share repurchase program approved by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors;

 

E.                
solely for a change in the par value of an Ordinary Share; or

 

F.                 
for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

(j)               
[Reserved]

 

(k)              
Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee (and the Exchange
Agent if not the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth
a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received
such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Exchange Rate and
may assume without inquiry that the last Exchange Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of
such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange
Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall send such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate
to each Holder at its last address appearing on the Note Register of this Indenture. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect
the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

 

    	 	78	 

     

    

 

(l)                
[Reserved]

 

(m)            
For purposes of this ‎Section 14.04, the number of Ordinary Shares at any time outstanding shall not include shares
held in the treasury of the Guarantor, so long as the Guarantor does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on Ordinary
Shares held in the treasury of the Guarantor, but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu
of fractions of Ordinary Shares.

 

Section 14.05    
Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported
Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs over a span of multiple days (including, without limitation, the period for determining the Stock
Price for purposes of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or a Notice of Tax Redemption), the Guarantor’s Board of Directors
shall make appropriate adjustments, in good faith, to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective,
or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Record Date, Ex-Dividend Date, Effective Date or Expiration
Date of the event occurs at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAP are to be calculated.

 

Section 14.06    
Shares To Be Fully Reserved. The Company shall procure that the Guarantor shall have reserved and provide, free from
preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares exchangeable in respect of
the Preference Shares (including the maximum number of Additional Shares that could be included in the Exchange Rate for an exchange
in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or a Notice of Tax Redemption).

 

Section 14.07    
Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Ordinary Shares.

 

(a)              
In the case of:

 

A.               
any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Ordinary Shares (other than a change to par value, or from par value
to no par value, or changes resulting from a subdivision or combination);

 

B.                
any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or other combination involving the Guarantor; or

 

C.                
any sale, lease or other transfer or disposition to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets
of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or

 

D.               
any statutory share exchange,

 

    	 	79	 

     

    

 

in each case, as a result of which the Ordinary Shares would
be converted into, or exchanged for stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof)
(any such event, a “Specified Corporate Event” and any such stock, shares, other securities, other property
or assets (including cash or any combination thereof), “Reference Property” and the amount of Reference Property
that a holder of one Ordinary Share immediately prior to such Specified Corporate Event would have been entitled to receive upon
the occurrence of such Specified Corporate Event, a “Unit of Reference Property”), then the Company will, or
will cause the Guarantor, or the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, to, execute with the Trustee, without the
consent of the Holders, a supplemental indenture providing that, at and after the effective time of the Specified Corporate Event,
the right to exchange each $1,000 Accreted Principal Amount of Notes for Preference Shares that are immediately and automatically
transferred to the Guarantor and exchanged for Ordinary Shares will be changed into a right to exchange such Accreted Principal
Amount of Notes for Preference Shares that are immediately and automatically exchanged for the kind and amount of Reference Property
that a holder of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Exchange Rate per $1,000 of Accreted Principal Amount immediately prior
to such Specified Corporate Event would have been entitled to receive upon such Specified Corporate Event; provided, however,
that at and after the effective time of the Specified Corporate Event, (i) the number of Ordinary Shares in exchange for Preference
Shares that the Company would have been required to deliver upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with ‎Section 14.02 shall
instead be deliverable in the Units of Reference Property that a holder of that number of Ordinary Shares would have received in
such Specified Corporate Event and (ii) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property that
a holder of one Ordinary Share would have received in such transaction.

 

If the Specified Corporate Event causes
the Ordinary Shares to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined
based in part upon any form of shareholder election), then the Reference Property into which the Notes shall be exchangeable shall
be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of the Ordinary
Shares. The Company shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of the weighted
average as soon as practicable after such determination.

 

Such supplemental indenture described in
the second immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent
as is possible to the adjustments provided for in this ‎Article 14. If the Reference Property in respect of any Specified Corporate
Event includes shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (other than cash) (including any combination thereof)
of an entity other than the Guarantor or the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, in such Specified Corporate Event,
then such other entity, if it is party to such Specified Corporate Event, shall also execute such supplemental indenture, and such
supplemental indenture shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders, including the right of
Holders to require the Company to repurchase their Notes upon a Fundamental Change in accordance with ‎Article 15, as the Board
of Directors of the Guarantor shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing.

 

(b)              
In the event the Company shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to ‎Section 14.07(a), the Company shall promptly
file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities
or other assets (including any combination thereof) that will comprise the Reference Property after any such Specified Corporate
Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly
send notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be sent to
each Holder, at its address appearing on the Note Register provided for in this Indenture, within 20 days after execution thereof.
Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

 

    	 	80	 

     

    

 

(c)              
If the Notes become exchangeable for Reference Property, the Company shall (i) notify the Trustee in writing and issue a
press release containing the relevant information or disclose the relevant information in a Current Report on a Form 8-K, and (ii)
post such information on the Guarantor’s website.

 

(d)              
The Company and the Guarantor shall not become a party to any Specified Corporate Event unless its terms are consistent
with this ‎Section 14.07.

 

Section 14.08    
Certain Covenants.

 

(a)              
The Company covenants that all Ordinary Shares delivered upon exchange of Preference Shares shall be duly authorized, fully
paid and non-assessable and free from all preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of the Guarantor and, except for
any transfer taxes payable by the Company, the Guarantor or a Holder, as the case may be, pursuant to Sections 14.02(d) and 14.02(e),
free from all taxes, liens, charges and adverse claims as the result of any action by the Company or the Guarantor.

 

(b)              
[Reserved]

 

(c)              
The Company covenants that if any Ordinary Shares to be provided for the purpose of exchange of Preference Shares hereunder
require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly
issued upon exchange, the Company shall, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission, secure
such registration or approval, as the case may be.

 

(d)              
The Company further covenants that if at any time the Ordinary Shares shall be listed on any national securities exchange
or automated quotation system, the Company shall, or shall cause the Guarantor to, list and keep listed, so long as the Ordinary
Shares shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, any Ordinary Shares issuable upon exchange of the Preference
Shares.

 

Section 14.09    
Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility
to any Holder to determine the Exchange Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment
(including any increase) of the Exchange Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when
made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the
same. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount)
of any Ordinary Shares, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exchange of
any Note; and the Trustee and any other Exchange Agent make no representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any
Exchange Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any Ordinary Shares or stock certificates
or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the
duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained
in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to ‎Section 14.07 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock
or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders upon the exchange of their Notes after any event referred to in
such ‎Section 14.07 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of ‎Section 7.01,
may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall
be protected in conclusively relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to furnish to
the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange
Agent shall be responsible for determining whether any event contemplated by ‎Section 14.01(b) has occurred that makes the
Notes eligible for exchange or no longer eligible therefor until the Company has delivered to the Trustee and the Exchange Agent
the notices referred to in ‎Section 14.01(b) with respect to the commencement or termination of such exchange rights, on which
notices the Trustee and the Exchange Agent may conclusively rely, and the Company agrees to deliver such notices to the Trustee
and the Exchange Agent immediately after the occurrence of any such event or at such other times as shall be provided for in ‎Section
14.01(b). The parties hereto agree that all notices to the Trustee or the Exchange Agent under this ‎Article 14 shall be in
writing.

 

    	 	81	 

     

    

 

Section 14.10    
Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:

 

(a)              
Specified Corporate Event or any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, lease, conveyance or other transfer or disposition
of all or substantially all assets in accordance with ‎Article 11; or

 

(b)              
voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Guarantor or the Company; then, in each case (unless
notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture), the Company shall cause to be furnished
to the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be sent to each Holder at its address appearing on the
Note Register, as promptly as possible but in any event at least 20 days prior to the date on which such Specified Corporate Event,
any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, lease, conveyance or other transfer or disposition of all or substantially all assets
in accordance with ‎Article 11, or any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and
the date as of which it is expected that holders of Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares
for securities or other property deliverable upon such Specified Corporate Event, consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, lease,
conveyance or other transfer or disposition of all or substantially all assets in accordance with ‎Article 11, dissolution,
liquidation or winding-up; provided, however, that if on such date, neither the Company nor the Guarantor has knowledge
of such event or the adjusted Exchange Rate cannot be calculated, the Company shall deliver such notice as promptly as practicable
upon obtaining knowledge of such event or information sufficient to make such calculation, as the case may be, and in no event
later than the effective date of such adjustment. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality
or validity of such action by the Company, the Guarantor or one of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, Specified Corporate Event,
or any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, lease, conveyance or other transfer or disposition of all or substantially all
assets in accordance with ‎Article 11, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

 

Section 14.11    
Shareholder Rights Plans. If the Guarantor has a shareholder’s rights agreement or rights plan in effect upon
exchange of the Notes, Holders that exchange their Notes shall receive, in addition to any Ordinary Shares received in connection
with such exchange, the appropriate number of rights under such rights agreement or rights plan, if any, and any certificate representing
the Ordinary Shares issued upon such exchange shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of
any such rights agreement or rights plan, as the same may be amended from time to time. However, if prior to any exchange, the
rights have separated from the Ordinary Shares in accordance with the provisions of the applicable shareholder’s rights agreement
or rights plan (a “Separation Event”), the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the
Guarantor distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares, Distributed Property pursuant to ‎Section
14.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

 

Article
15 

Repurchase of Notes at Option of Holders

 

Section 15.01    
Intentionally Omitted.

 

Section 15.02    
Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to the
Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all
of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion thereof that is equal to an Authorized Denomination, on the date (the “Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than 20 or more than 35 calendar days following the
date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice (defined below) (subject to extension if required to comply with law), at a repurchase
price equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including,
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), unless the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Accrual/Payment Date to which such Regular Record
Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to Holders of record as
of such Regular Record Date, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount
of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this ‎Article 15.

 

(b)              
Repurchase of Notes under this ‎Section 15.02 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

 

A.               
delivery to the Paying Agent by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”)
in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Notes are Certificated Notes, or
in compliance with the Applicable Procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in each
case, on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and

 

    	 	82	 

     

    

 

B.                
delivery of the Notes, if the Notes are Certificated Notes, to the Paying Agent on or before the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements for transfer)
at the Corporate Trust Office of the Paying Agent, or book-entry transfer of the Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in compliance
with the Applicable Procedures, in each case, such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Price therefor.

 

The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall state:

 

(i)                
in the case of Certificated Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

 

(ii)             
the portion of the Original Principal Amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be a minimum of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and the Accreted Principal Amount of such Notes; and

 

(iii)           
that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture;
provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must comply with
the Applicable Procedures.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this ‎Section 15.02 shall
have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business
on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal
to the Paying Agent in accordance with ‎Section 15.03.

 

If a Holder has already delivered a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice with respect to a Note, such Holder may not surrender such Note for exchange until such Holder has validly
withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (or, in the case of a Global Note, has complied with the Applicable Procedures
with respect to such a withdrawal) in accordance with the terms of ‎Section 15.03.

 

The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the
Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

 

(c)              
On or before the 20th Business Day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders
of Notes and the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company
Notice”) of the occurrence of the Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising
as a result thereof. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:

 

    	 	83	 

     

    

 

A.               
the events causing the Fundamental Change;

 

B.                
the effective date of the Fundamental Change;

 

C.                
the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this ‎Article 15;

 

D.               
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

 

E.                
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

 

F.                 
the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;

 

G.               
the Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the Exchange Rate;

 

H.               
that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Company Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be exchanged
only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (or, in the case
of a Global Note, complies with the Applicable Procedures with respect to such a withdrawal);

 

I.                   
the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes; and

 

J.                  
the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if any, assigned to such Notes.

 

Simultaneously with providing such Fundamental
Change Company Notice, the Company shall (x) issue a press release containing the information in such Fundamental Change Company
Notice or disclose the information in a Current Report on Form 8-K and (y) publish the information on the Guarantor’s public
website.

 

At the Company’s written request,
the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s and the Guarantor’s names and at the Company’s expense; provided,
however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company and/or
the Guarantor. In such a case, the Company shall deliver such notice to the Trustee at least two Business Days prior to the date
that the notice is required to be given to the Holders (unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee), together
with an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice.

 

Such notice shall be delivered to the Trustee,
to the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to each Holder at its address shown in the Note Register (and to the beneficial
owner as required by applicable law) or, in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

    	 	84	 

     

    

 

No failure of the Company and/or the Guarantor
to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of
the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this ‎Section 15.02.

 

(d)              
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Company on any date at the option of the Holders in connection
with a Fundamental Change if the Accreted Principal Amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been
rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment
of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective
Holders thereof any Certificated Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an acceleration resulting
from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes), or any instructions
for book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the Applicable Procedures shall be deemed to have been cancelled, and,
upon such return or cancellation, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed
to have been withdrawn.

 

(e)              
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to repurchase, or to make an
offer to repurchase, the Notes upon a Fundamental Change:

 

A.               
if a third party makes such an offer in the same manner, at same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
for an offer made by the Company pursuant to this ‎Article 15 and such third party purchases all Notes properly surrendered
and not validly withdrawn under its offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
for an offer made by the Company on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; or

 

B.                
pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof, if (i) such Fundamental Change results in the Notes becoming exchangeable
(pursuant to the provisions described in ‎Section 14.07) into an amount of cash per Note that is greater than (x) the Fundamental
Change Repurchase Price (assuming such price includes the maximum amount of accrued interest that would be payable based on the
latest possible Fundamental Change Repurchase Date), plus (y) to the extent that the 35th Trading Day immediately following
the effective date of such Fundamental Change is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following
the corresponding Interest Accrual/Payment Date, the full amount of interest payable per Note on such Interest Accrual/Payment
Date, and (ii) the Company provides written notice of the effective date of any such transaction as promptly as practicable following
the date the Company publicly announces such transaction or prior to such effective date if practicable to do so using commercially
reasonable efforts. The requirements set forth in parts (i) and (ii) of this clause B, the “Adequate Cash Exchange Provisions”.

 

    	 	85	 

     

    

 

Additionally, as set forth in ‎Section 14.03, the Company
may not be required to repurchase, or to make an offer to repurchase, the Notes upon a Fundamental Change or increase the Exchange
Rate of the Notes in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, in certain circumstances involving a significant change in
the composition of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors, unless such change is in connection with a Fundamental Change or a
Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

 

Section 15.03    
Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole
or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent in accordance with this ‎Section 15.03
at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:

 

(a)              
the Accreted Principal Amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which portion
must be in an Authorized Denomination,

 

(b)              
if Certificated Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the Notes in respect of which such notice of withdrawal
is being submitted, and

 

(c)              
the Original Principal Amount, if any, of such Notes that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice, which portion must be in an Authorized Denomination, and the Accreted Principal Amount of such Notes; provided,
however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the withdrawal notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.

 

Section 15.04    
Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. (a) The Company shall deposit with the Trustee (or other Paying Agent
appointed by the Company, or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided
in ‎Section 4.04) on or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date an amount of money
sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to
receipt of funds by the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company), payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase
(and not validly withdrawn prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date) will be made on the later of (i) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided that the
Holder has satisfied the conditions in ‎Section 15.02) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note
to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by ‎Section 15.02,
by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register;
provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the
Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

 

(b)              
If by 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed
by the Company) holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased on such
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or any applicable extension thereof, then, with respect to Notes that have been properly surrendered
for repurchase and not validly withdrawn:

 

    	 	86	 

     

    

 

A.               
such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes on the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date or any applicable extension thereof (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been
delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent); and

 

B.                
all other rights of the Holders of such Notes will terminate on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (other than (x) the
right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and (y) if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular
Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Accrual/Payment Date, the right of the Holder on such Regular Record Date to
receive the accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date).

 

(c)              
Upon surrender of a Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to ‎Section 15.02, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Note in an Authorized Denomination equal in principal amount to
the portion of the Note surrendered that is not to be repurchased, without payment of any service charge.

 

Section 15.05    
Covenant to Comply with Applicable Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes. In connection with any repurchase offer, the Company
and the Guarantor will, if required:

 

(a)              
comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then
be applicable; and

 

(b)              
file a Schedule TO or any other required schedule under the Exchange Act;

 

in each case, so as to permit the rights and obligations under
this ‎Article 15 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified in this ‎Article 15, subject to extension if required
to comply with law. To the extent that any securities laws and regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture with
respect to the repurchase of Notes, the Company is required to comply with such securities laws and regulations and shall not be
deemed to be in breach of this Indenture as a result thereof.

 

Article
16 

Redemption Permitted for Taxation Reasons

 

Section 16.01    
Redemption Permitted for Certain Tax Laws. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company, except as described in
this ‎Article 16 and Article 17, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes. On or prior to the Maturity Date, the Notes
may be redeemed, in whole but not in part (a “Tax Redemption”), at the Company’s discretion at the Tax
Redemption Price, if (w) on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or Guarantee, the Company
or any Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts (but, in the case of the Guarantor, only if the payment giving
rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Company without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), (x) the Company or the
Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available (including, for the avoidance of doubt,
appointment of a new Paying Agent but excluding the reincorporation or reorganization of the Company or the Guarantor), and (y)
the requirement arises as a result of:

 

    	 	87	 

     

    

 

(a)              
any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction
which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective after the date of the Investor Rights Agreement (or if the applicable
Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Investor Rights Agreement, after such later date); or

 

(b)              
any change in, or amendment to, the official application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or
rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice),
which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective after the date of the Investor Rights Agreement (or if the applicable
Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Investor Rights Agreement, after such later date) (each
of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), a “Change in Tax Law”).

 

Section 16.02    
Notice of Tax Redemption.

 

(a)              
In the event that the Company exercises its Tax Redemption right pursuant to ‎Section 16.01, it shall fix a date for
redemption (the “Tax Redemption Date”) and it or, at its written request received by the Trustee not less than
five Business Days prior to the date on which notice is sent to the Holders (or such shorter period of time as may be acceptable
to the Trustee), the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company, shall deliver or cause to be delivered a notice
(which notice shall be irrevocable) of such Tax Redemption (a “Notice of Tax Redemption”) not less than 10 nor
more than 60 calendar days prior to the Tax Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes so to be redeemed at its last address as the
same appears on the Note Register; provided, however, that if the Company shall give a Notice of Tax Redemption, it shall
also give a written notice of the Tax Redemption Date to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. The Tax Redemption Date must be a Business
Day. (b)The Company shall not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 calendar days prior to the earliest date on which
the Company or the Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes
or the Guarantee were then due and at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect.
Simultaneously with providing a Notice of a Tax Redemption, the Company will (i) issue a press release containing the relevant
information or disclose the relevant information in a Current Report on Form 8-K and (ii) post such information on the Guarantor’s
public website. Prior to the mailing, publication or, where relevant, delivery of any Notice of Tax Redemption of the Notes pursuant
to the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified
under the laws of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that
there has been a Change in Tax Law which would entitle the Company to redeem the Notes hereunder. In addition, before the Company
delivers a Notice of Tax Redemption, it shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot
avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Company or the Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to the Company
or the Guarantor. The Trustee shall accept and shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion
of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions as described above, in which event it will
be conclusive and binding on all of the Holders.

 

    	 	88	 

     

    

 

(c)              
Each Notice of Tax Redemption shall specify:A. 

 

A.               
the Tax Redemption Date;

 

B.                
the Tax Redemption Price;

 

C.                
the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Tax Redemption Price;

 

D.               
that on the Tax Redemption Date, the Tax Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each Note to be redeemed, and
that the interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Tax Redemption Date;

 

E.                
that Holders may surrender their Notes called for redemption for exchange at any time from the date of the Notice of Tax
Redemption to the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Tax Redemption Date or, if the Company
fails to pay the Tax Redemption Price, such later date on which the Company pays or duly provides for the Tax Redemption Price;

 

F.                 
the procedures an exchanging Holder must follow to exchange its Notes called for redemption;

 

G.               
that Holders have the right to elect not to have their Notes redeemed by delivering to the Trustee written notice to that
effect not later than the 10th calendar day prior to the Tax Redemption Date;

 

H.               
that Holders who wish to elect not to have their Notes redeemed must satisfy the requirements set forth herein and in this
Indenture;

 

I.                   
that, on and after the Tax Redemption Date, Holders who elect not to have their Notes redeemed will not receive any Additional
Amounts on any payments with respect to such Notes (whether upon exchange, prepayment, maturity or otherwise, and whether in cash,
Ordinary Shares or otherwise), and all subsequent payments with respect to the Notes will be subject to the deduction or withholding
of such applicable Tax Jurisdiction taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld;

 

J.                  
the Exchange Rate and, if applicable, the number of Ordinary Shares added to the Exchange Rate in accordance with ‎Section
16.06; and

 

K.               
the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if any, assigned to such Notes.

 

    	 	89	 

     

    

 

A Notice of Tax Redemption shall be irrevocable. In the case
of a Tax Redemption, a Holder may convert any or all of its Notes called for redemption at any time from the date of the Notice
of Tax Redemption to the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Tax Redemption Date or, if the
Company fails to pay the Tax Redemption Price, such later date on which the Company pays or duly provides for the Tax Redemption
Price.

 

Section 16.03    
Payment of Notes Called for Tax Redemption. If any Notice of Tax Redemption has been given in respect of the Notes in
accordance with ‎Section 16.02, the Notes shall become due and payable on the Tax Redemption Date at the place or places stated
in the Notice of Tax Redemption and at the applicable Tax Redemption Price. On presentation and surrender of the Notes at the place
or places stated in the Notice of Tax Redemption, the Notes shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Tax Redemption
Price.

 

Section 16.04    
Holders’ Right to Avoid Redemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this ‎Article 16, if the Company
has given a Notice of Tax Redemption as described in ‎Section 16.02, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to elect that
all or a part of such Holder’s Notes will not be subject to the Tax Redemption. If a Holder elects that its Notes shall not
be subject to a Tax Redemption, neither the Company nor the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be required to pay Additional
Amounts with respect to payments made in respect of such Notes following the Tax Redemption Date, and all subsequent payments in
respect of such Notes shall be subject to any tax required to be withheld or deducted under the laws of an applicable Tax Jurisdiction.
The obligation to pay Additional Amounts to any electing Holder for payments made in periods prior to the Tax Redemption Date shall
remain subject to the exceptions set forth under Section 4.10. Holders must exercise their option to elect to avoid a Tax Redemption
by written notice (a “No Redemption Notice”) to the Trustee no later than the 10th calendar day prior to the
Tax Redemption Date; provided that a Holder that complies with the requirements for exchange of its Notes as described in ‎Article
14 before the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Tax Redemption Date (or, if the Company fails
to pay the Redemption Price, such later date on which the Company pays or duly provides for the Redemption Price) shall be deemed
to have validly delivered a No Redemption Notice.

 

Section 16.05    
Restrictions on Tax Redemption. The Company may not redeem any Notes on any date if the Accreted Principal Amount of
the Notes has been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on
or prior to the Tax Redemption Date (or, if the Company fails to pay the Tax Redemption Price, such later date on which the Company
pays the Tax Redemption Price) (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of
the Tax Redemption Price with respect to such Notes).

 

Section 16.06    
Mutatis Mutandis. The above provisions will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any successor of the Company (or the Guarantor)
with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such Person becomes successor to the Company (or the Guarantor).

 

    	 	90	 

     

    

 

Article
17 

Optional Redemption

 

Section 17.01    
Optional Redemption. On or after June 1, 2023, the Company may redeem, at its option (an “Optional Redemption”),
for cash, all or any portion of the Notes, at the Optional Redemption Price, if the Last Reported Sales Price of the Ordinary Shares
has been at least 250% of the Exchange Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during any
30 consecutive day Trading Period, including at least one of the three Trading Days immediately preceding the date on which the
Company provides the Notice of Optional Redemption in accordance with Section 17.02.

 

Holders may surrender
Notes subject to Optional Redemption for exchange at any time prior to the close of business on the second business day prior to
the Optional Redemption Date.

 

Section 17.02    
Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Notes.

 

(a)              
In case the Company exercises its Optional Redemption right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any part of the Notes
pursuant to Section 17.01, it shall fix a date for redemption (each, an “Optional Redemption Date”) and it shall
deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Optional Redemption (a “Notice of Optional Redemption”) not
less than 10 nor more than 60 calendar days prior to the Optional Redemption Date to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than
the Trustee) and each Holder of Notes.

 

(b)              
Each Notice of Optional Redemption shall identify the provision of this Indenture permitting Optional Redemption and shall
specify:

 

A.               
the Optional Redemption Date;

 

B.                
the Optional Redemption Price;

 

C.                
the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Optional Redemption Price

 

D.               
that on the Optional Redemption Date, the Optional Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each Note to be redeemed,
and that interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Optional Redemption Date;

 

E.                
that Holders may surrender Notes subject to such Optional Redemption for exchange at any time prior to the close of business
on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Optional Redemption Date or, if the Company fails to pay the Optional Redemption
Price, such later date on which the Company pays or duly provides for the Optional Redemption Price;

 

F.                 
the procedures an exchanging Holder must follow to exchange its Notes called for redemption;

 

G.               
the Exchange Rate; and

 

    	 	91	 

     

    

 

H.               
the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if any, assigned to such Notes subject to Optional Redemption.

 

A Notice of Optional Redemption shall be
irrevocable. At the Company’s prior written request, the Trustee shall give the Notice of Optional Redemption in the Company’s
name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee not later than the close of business
the Business Day prior to the date the Notice of Optional Redemption is to be sent (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory
to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate and a Company Order requesting that the Trustee give such Notice of Optional Redemption
together with the Notice of Optional Redemption to be given setting forth the information to be stated therein as provided in the
preceding paragraph. The Notice of Optional Redemption, if given in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed
to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such Notice of Optional Redemption
or any defect in the Notice of Optional Redemption to the Holder of any Note designated for Optional Redemption as a whole or in
part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the Optional Redemption of any other Note.

 

(c)              
If fewer than all of the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, (i) if the Notes to be redeemed are Certificated Notes, the
Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed (in Original Principal Amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples
of the $1,000 Original Principal Amount in excess thereof) by lot, on a pro rata basis or by another method the Trustee considers
to be fair and appropriate, and in the case of the Global Note, in accordance with, and subject to, the Applicable Procedures.
If any Note selected for partial redemption is submitted for conversion in part after such selection, the portion of the Note submitted
for exchange shall be deemed (so far as may be possible) to be the portion selected for redemption.

 

Section 17.03    
Payment of Notes Called for Redemption.

 

(a)              
If any Notice of Optional Redemption has been given in respect of the Notes in accordance with Section 17.02, the Notes
shall become due and payable on the Optional Redemption Date at the place or places stated in the Notice of Redemption and at the
applicable Optional Redemption Price. On presentation and surrender of the Notes at the place or places stated in the Notice of
Optional Redemption, the Notes shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Optional Redemption Price.

 

(b)              
Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Optional Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee (or
other Paying Agent appointed by the Company, or if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in
trust as provided in Section 4.04 an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on the Optional Redemption Date),
sufficient to pay the Optional Redemption Price of all of the Notes to be redeemed on such Optional Redemption Date. Subject to
receipt of funds by the Paying Agent, payment for the Notes to be redeemed shall be made on the Optional Redemption Date for such
Notes. The Paying Agent shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds
in excess of the Optional Redemption Price.

 

    	 	92	 

     

    

 

Section 17.04    
Restrictions on Optional Redemption. The Company may not redeem any Notes on any date if the Accreted Principal Amount
of the Notes has been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and such acceleration has not been rescinded
on or prior to the Optional Redemption Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the
payment of the Optional Redemption Price with respect to such Notes).

 

Article
18 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Section 18.01    
Provisions Binding on Company’s and the Guarantor’s Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises
and agreements of each of the Company and the Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether
so expressed or not.

 

Section 18.02    
Official Acts by Successor Entity. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to
be done or performed by any board, committee or Officer of the Company or the Guarantor shall and may be done and performed with
like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation or other entity that shall at the time be the
lawful sole successor of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

Section 18.03    
Addresses for Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to
be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders on the Company or the Guarantor shall be in writing (including facsimile and
electronic mail in PDF format) and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes if given or served
by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address
is furnished by the Company or the Guarantor to the Trustee) NCL Corporation Ltd., Attention: Daniel S. Farkas, e-mail (dfarkas@ncl.com),
with a copy to Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings Ltd., Attention: Daniel S. Farkas, e-mail (dfarkas@ncl.com). Any notice, direction,
request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be in writing (including facsimile and electronic mail in PDF format)
and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid
by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed to the Corporate Trust Office.

 

The Trustee, by notice to the Company, may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication delivered or
to be delivered to a Holder of Certificated Notes shall be mailed to it by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address as
it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication
delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Global Notes shall be delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the
Depositary and shall be sufficiently given to it if so delivered within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to send a notice or communication
to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is
sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

    	 	93	 

     

    

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular
mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification
as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

 

In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee
agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile
transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions
(or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s
understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses
arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such
instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic notices, instructions
or directions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit notices, instructions and
directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk
or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Section 18.04    
Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, EACH NOTE AND THE GUARANTEE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED
TO THIS INDENTURE, EACH NOTE AND THE GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

 

Section 18.05    
Exchange Delay for Filing Under HSR Act. In the event any Holder would be required to make a filing pursuant to the
HSR Act or any other applicable Antitrust Law in connection with the exchange of Notes, at the option of such Holder upon written
notice to the Company, the delivery of Ordinary Shares in connection with such exchange and any applicable deadline to exercise
the exchange right shall be delayed (only to the extent necessary to avoid a violation of the HSR Act or any other applicable Antitrust
Law), until such Holder shall have made such filing and the applicable waiting period shall have expired or been terminated. If
the exchange of any Notes is delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence at a time when the Company desires to redeem Notes pursuant
to Article 16 or Article 17, the consummation of such redemption shall not occur until such Holder shall have made such filing
under the HSR Act or any other applicable Antitrust Law and the waiting period in connection with such filing shall have expired
or been terminated. The Company shall provide the Trustee with written notice of any such delay.

 

Section 18.06    
Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee. Upon any application
or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish
to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of the signors, all conditions
precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied (except that
no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be furnished to the Trustee in connection with the issuance of the Notes on the
date of this Indenture).

 

    	 	94	 

     

    

 

Each Officer’s Certificate and Opinion
of Counsel provided for, by or on behalf of the Company in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance
with this Indenture (other than the Officer’s Certificates provided for in ‎Section 4.09) shall include (i) a statement
that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition; (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope
of the examination or investigation upon which the statement contained in such certificate is based; (iii) a statement that, in
the judgment of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express
an informed judgment as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (iv) a statement as to whether
or not, in the judgment of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this ‎Section 18.06, if any provision in this Indenture specifically provides that the Trustee shall or may receive an Opinion
of Counsel in connection with any action to be taken by the Trustee or the Company hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to
such Opinion of Counsel.

 

Section 18.07    
Legal Holidays. If any Interest Accrual/Payment Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, any Tax Redemption Date,
any Optional Redemption Date or the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then any action to be taken on such date need not be taken
on such date, but may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on such date, and
no interest shall accrue in respect of the delay.

 

Section 18.08    
No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to
constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect,
in any jurisdiction.

 

Section 18.09    
Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other
than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Custodian, any Exchange Agent, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent and their
successors hereunder or the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 18.10    
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 18.11    
Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf
and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers
and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under ‎Section 2.04, ‎Section 2.05, ‎Section 2.06, ‎Section 2.07, ‎Section
10.04 and ‎Section 15.04 as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized
by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication
and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the
Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed
to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating
agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to ‎Section 7.08.

 

    	 	95	 

     

    

 

Any corporation or other entity into which
any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting
from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity
succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the
authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation or other entity is otherwise eligible under this ‎Section 18.11,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or
such successor corporation or other entity.

 

Any authenticating agent may at any time
resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency
of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving
such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible
under this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor authenticating agent (which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice
of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all Holders as the names and addresses of such
Holders appear on the Note Register.

 

The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating
agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services although the Company may terminate the authenticating agent, if
it determines such agent’s fees to be unreasonable.

 

The provisions of ‎Section 7.02, ‎Section
7.03, ‎Section 7.04, ‎Section 7.06, ‎Section 8.03 and this ‎Section 18.11 shall be applicable to any authenticating
agent.

 

If an authenticating agent is appointed
pursuant to this ‎Section 18.11, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication,
an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

__________________________,

as Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes described

in the within-named Indenture.

 

By: ____________________

Authorized Officer

 

Section 18.12    
Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of
signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to
the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted
by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

    	 	96	 

     

    

 

Section 18.13    
Severability. In the event any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way
be affected or impaired.

 

Section 18.14    
Waiver of Jury Trial; Submission of Jurisdiction. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE
GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE
CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK (EACH, A “COURT”)
IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEE, AND IRREVOCABLY
ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF
THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION
THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEE BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY
AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN
ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

Section 18.15    
Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. The NCL Parties hereby irrevocably designate, appoint and empower Corporate
Creations International, Inc. as their designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on their behalf,
and their properties, assets and revenues, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served
in any action, suit or proceeding brought against them in any such Court with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other
matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and that may be made on such designee, appointee
and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such Courts. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent
hereunder shall cease to be available to act as such, the NCL Parties agree to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in
the County of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section 18.15 satisfactory to the Trustee. The NCL Parties further
hereby irrevocably consent and agree to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action,
suit or proceeding against them by serving a copy thereof upon the relevant agent for service of process referred to in this Section
18.15 (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or
acknowledge such service) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, to the NCL Parties,
at the address specified in or designated pursuant to this Indenture. The NCL Parties agree that the failure of any such designee,
appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service
or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability
of the Trustee to service any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law
or to obtain jurisdiction over the NCL Parties or bring actions, suits or proceedings against them in such other jurisdictions,
and in such manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

    	 	97	 

     

    

 

Section 18.16    
Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of
its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation,
strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or
acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services;
it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry
to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 18.17    
Calculations. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called
for under the Notes or this Indenture. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Stock Price or
Trading Price, the Last Reported Sale Prices per Ordinary Share, the Daily VWAP, accruals of interest to be added to the Accreted
Principal Amount of Notes, accrued interest payable on the Notes and the Exchange Rate of the Notes. The Company shall make all
these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, such calculations shall be final and binding on Holders of Notes,
the Trustee and the Exchange Agent. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Exchange
Agent, and each of the Trustee and Exchange Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of such calculations without
independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any Holder of Notes upon the written request
of that Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Company.

 

Section 18.18.   U.S.A.
Patriot Act. In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable
to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering,
pursuant to Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“Applicable Law”), the Trustee is required
to obtain, verify, record and up-date certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship
with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agrees to provide to the Trustee, upon its re-quest from time to time such
identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with the
Applicable Law.

 

Section 18.18    
Tax Withholding for U.S. Federal Tax Distributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee
shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under this Indenture for or on account of
any present or future taxes (including backup withholding taxes), if and to the extent so required by any applicable law and any
current or future regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental
approach thereto or by virtue of the relevant Holder failing to satisfy any certification or other requirements in respect of the
Notes, in which event the Trustee shall make such payment of cash or Ordinary Shares (including any payments received upon exchange
of the Notes or any amounts received upon the repurchase of the Notes or Ordinary Share) after such withholding or deduction has
been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the amount so withheld or deducted.

 

    	 	98	 

     

    

 

Section 18.19    
FATCA. In order to enable the Company and the Trustee to comply with its obligation with respect to this Indenture and
the Notes under FATCA (inclusive of official interpretations of FATCA promulgated by competent authorities), any applicable agreement
entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code and/or any applicable intergovernmental agreement entered into in order to
implement FATCA, each of the Company and the Trustee each agree (i) to provide to one another such reasonable information that
is within its possession and is reasonably requested by the other to assist the other in determining whether it has tax related
obligations under FATCA, and (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under this
Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with FATCA. The terms of this section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

 

    	 	99	 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

	 	ISSUER:
	 	 	 
	 	NCL CORPORATION LTD.
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Mark A. Kempa 
	 	 	Name: Mark A. Kempa
	 	 	Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	 	 
	 	GUARANTOR:
	 	 	 
	 	NORWEGIAN CRUISE LINE HOLDINGS LTD.
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Mark A. Kempa 
	 	 	Name: Mark A. Kempa
	 	 	Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Joshua A. Hahn
	 	 	Name: Joshua A. Hahn
	 	 	Title: Vice President

 

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM
OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

[INCLUDE
FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

 

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH
OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE
BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED
SECURITY:

 

THIS SECURITY, THE PREFERENCE SHARES, IF ANY, ISSUABLE
UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY AND THE ORDINARY SHARES, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE FOR THE PREFERENCE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

 

		1.	REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING
OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT AND THAT
IT AND ANY SUCH ACCOUNT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF NORWEGIAN CRUISE LINE HOLDINGS LTD. (“NCLH”), AND

 

		2.	AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF NCL CORPORATION LTD. (THE “COMPANY”) AND NCLH THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE
LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR
PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT:

 

		(i)	TO THE COMPANY, NCLH OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

    	 	Exhibit A-1	 

     

    

 

		(ii)	PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT;

 

		(iii)	TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT AN AFFILIATE OF NCLH;
OR

 

		(iv)	PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2) (iv) ABOVE, THE COMPANY, NCLH AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR NCLH AND NO PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR NCLH DURING THE THREE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR OWN THIS SECURITY
OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

    	 	Exhibit A-2	 

     

    

 

NCL
CORPORATION LTD.

Exchangeable Senior Note due 2026

 

	No. A-[ ]	[Initially]1 $[ ]

  

CUSIP No. [ ]

 

NCL Corporation Ltd., a Bermuda exempted
company (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred
to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.]2
[__________]3, or registered
assigns, the Accreted Principal Amount hereof [as set forth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto]4
[of $[ ]]5 or such other
amount as reflected on the books and records of the Trustee and the Depositary, on June 1, 2026 and interest thereon as set forth
below.

 

Until but not including June 1, 2021, no
cash interest shall be payable on the Notes. Instead, accrued interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum shall be added as an accretion
to the principal amount of the Notes on each Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date. On each Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date,
the principal amount of each Note shall be increased to equal the Accreted Principal Amount of such Note immediately prior to such
Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date, plus the amount of interest accrued on such Accreted Principal Amount during the period beginning
on the preceding Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date (or if none, during the period beginning on the Issue Date) and ending on,
but excluding, the succeeding Accretion-only Interest Accrual Date. On and following June 1, 2021 until but not including June
1, 2025, interest shall accrue in a combination of (x) cash at a rate of 3.00% per annum and (y) accreted interest at a rate of
4.50% per annum added as an accretion to the principal amount of the Notes on each Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual Date. On each
Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual Date, the cash portion of the accrued interest shall be paid and the principal amount of each Note
shall be increased to equal the Accreted Principal Amount of such Note immediately prior to such Accretion/Cash Interest Accrual
Date, plus the amount of interest on such Accreted Principal Amount during the period beginning on the preceding Interest Accrual/Payment
Date (or if none, from the first anniversary of the Issue Date) and ending on, but excluding the succeeding Interest Accrual/Payment
Date. On and following June 1, 2025, interest shall accrue in cash at a rate of 7.50% per annum and be paid in arrears on each
Cash-only Interest Payment Date. Any reference herein to the principal amount of a Note at any time shall be a reference to its
Accreted Principal Amount at such time. On each Interest Accrual Date, if requested by the Trustee and/or the Holders of a majority
of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Company shall be required to notify the Trustee and each Holder of the Notes
of the then current Accreted Principal Amount per Note. Additional Cash Interest will be payable as set forth in Section 6.03 of
the within-mentioned Indenture, and any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note therein shall be deemed to include
Additional Cash Interest if, in such context, Additional Cash Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 6.03, and
any express mention of the payment of Additional Cash Interest in any provision therein and herein shall not be construed as excluding
Additional Cash Interest in those provisions thereof and hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

 

		1	Include if a global note.

 

		2	Include if a global note.

 

		3	Include if a certificated note.

 

		4	Include if a global note.

 

		5	Include if a certificated note.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-3	 

     

    

 

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest
per annum at the rate set forth in Section 4.01 from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which
such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election in accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Indenture.

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and
cash interest on this Note, so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee,
as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company
shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) upon presentation thereof at the office or agency
designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Paying Agent
in respect of the Notes and its agency in the continental United States as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or
for registration of transfer.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions
of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right
to exchange this Note into Preference Shares, which the Company shall cause to be exchanged for Ordinary Shares on the terms and
subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though
fully set forth at this place.

 

This Note, and any claim, controversy
or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of
New York.

 

In the case of any conflict between this
Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

 

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory
for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized
authenticating agent under the Indenture.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

    	 	Exhibit A-4	 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused
this Note to be duly executed.

 

	 	 	 	NCL CORPORATION LTD.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	By:	 
	 	 	 	 	Name:
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Title:
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	Dat1ed:	 		 
	 	 	 	 	 
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION	 	 	 
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee,	 	 	 
	certifies that this is one of the Notes described	 	 	 
	in the within-named Indenture.	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	By:	 	 	 	 
	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	 	Exhibit A-5	 

     

    

 

[FORM
OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

NCL CORPORATION
LTD.,

Exchangeable Senior Note due 2026

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue
of Notes of the Company, designated as its Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”), limited to an aggregate
Original Principal Amount of $400,000,000 all issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of May 28, 2020 (the “Indenture”),
among the Company, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture
and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,
duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Exchange Agent, the Company and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes represent
the aggregate Accreted Principal Amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate Accreted Principal
Amount of outstanding Notes represented hereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect redemptions, repurchases,
cancellations, exchanges into preference shares and the issuance of ordinary shares, transfers or exchanges permitted by the Indenture.

 

In case an Event of Default, as defined
in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the Accreted Principal Amount of all Notes may be declared, by either
the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall
become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.
In the case certain Events of Default relating to a bankruptcy (or similar proceeding) with respect to the Guarantor or the Company
shall have occurred, the Accreted Principal Amount of all Notes shall automatically become immediately due and payable, as set
forth in the Indenture.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the
Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Tax Redemption Price on a Tax Redemption Date, the
Optional Redemption Price on an Optional Redemption Date, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date and the Accreted Principal Amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying
Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Upon exchange of any Note, the Company shall deliver
Ordinary Shares.

 

The Indenture contains provisions permitting
the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain
other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at
the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture
and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive
any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-6	 

     

    

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and
no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to pay the principal (including the Optional Redemption Price, Tax Redemption Price and Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if
applicable) of or the consideration due upon exchange for, as the case may be, and accrued and unpaid interest on this Note at
the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the lawful money herein prescribed.

 

The Notes are issuable in registered form
without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 Original Principal Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided
in the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate Original Principal Amount and Accreted Principal Amount of Notes
of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer or similar tax that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of
the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered
for such exchange.

 

The Notes are not subject to redemption
through the operation of any sinking fund. Under certain circumstances specified in the Indenture, the Notes will be subject to
redemption by the Company at the Optional Redemption Price or Tax Redemption Price, as applicable.

 

Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change,
the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s
Notes or any portion thereof (in Original Principal Amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture,
the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, until the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity
Date, to exchange any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof at the Exchange
Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.

 

Terms used in this Note and defined in the
Indenture are used herein as therein defined.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-7	 

     

    

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in
the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws
or regulations:

 

TEN COM = as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

CUST = Custodian

 

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-8	 

     

    

 

SCHEDULE A6

 

SCHEDULE
OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

 

NCL Corporation
Ltd.,

Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026

 

The initial Original Principal Amount of
this Global Note is ___________ DOLLARS ($[______]). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

	
        Date
of Exchange
	 	
        Amount
of decrease in Original Principal Amount of this Global Note
	 	
        Amount
of increase in Original Principal Amount of this Global Note
	 	
        Original
Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase
	 	
        Aggregate
amount of accreted interest on Original Principal Amount of this Global Note
	 	
        Signature
of authorized signatory of Trustee or Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

 

		6	Include if a global note.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-9	 

     

    

 

	
        Date
of Exchange
	 	
        Amount
of decrease in Original Principal Amount of this Global Note
	 	
        Amount
of increase in Original Principal Amount of this Global Note
	 	
        Original
Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase
	 	
        Aggregate
amount of accreted interest on Original Principal Amount of this Global Note
	 	
        Signature
of authorized signatory of Trustee or Custodian

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	 	Exhibit A-10	 

     

    

 

ATTACHMENT 1

 

[FORM
OF NOTICE OF EXCHANGE]

 

To: NCL Corporation Ltd.,

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Exchange
Agent

 

The undersigned registered owner of this
Note hereby exercises the option to exchange this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 Original Principal Amount or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below, along with the accreted amount of principal thereon, designated into a number of Preference
Shares in the Company, which the Company shall cause to be exchanged for a number of Ordinary Shares in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any Ordinary Shares deliverable upon such exchange, together with any
cash payable for any fractional Ordinary Share, and any Notes representing any unexchanged Original Principal Amount hereof, be
issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below.

 

If any Ordinary Shares or any portion of
this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary,
stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.02(d) and Section 14.02(e) of the Indenture. Any
amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.

 

In the case of Certificated Notes, the certificate
numbers of the Notes to be exchanged are as set forth below: __________________________

 

	Dated:		 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Signature(s)
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	Signature Guarantee	 	 

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed

by an eligible Guarantor Institution

(banks, stock brokers, savings and

loan associations and credit unions)

with membership in an approved

signature guarantee medallion program

pursuant to Securities and Exchange

Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Ordinary Shares are to

be delivered, or

Notes are to be delivered, other than

to and in the name of the registered holder.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-11	 

     

    

 

Fill in for registration of Ordinary Shares if

to be issued, and Notes if to

be delivered, other than to and in the

name of the registered holder:

 

	 	 
	(Name)	 
	 	 
	 	 
	(Street Address)	 
	 	 
	 	 
	(City, State and Zip Code)	 
	Please print name and address	 

  

	 	Original Principal Amount to be exchanged (if less than
all): $______,000

 

Accreted Principal Amount to be exchanged (if less than
all): $_____,000

 

NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof
must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any
change whatever.

	 	 
	 	 
	 	Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number

 

    	 	Exhibit A-12	 

     

    

 

ATTACHMENT 2

 

[FORM
OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

 

To: NCL Corporation Ltd.,

 

The undersigned registered owner of this
Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from NCL Corporation Ltd., (the “Company”) as to the occurrence
of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs
the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1)
the entire Accreted Principal Amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 Original Principal Amount or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, along with the accreted amount of principal thereon, and (2) if such Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest
Accrual/Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.

 

In the case of Certificated Notes, the certificate
numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below: __________________________

 

	Dated:	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Signature(s)
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Social Security or Other Taxpayer
	 	 	 	Identification Number
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Original Principal Amount to be repurchased (if less than all): $____,000
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Accreted Principal Amount to be exchanged (if less than all): $____,000
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-13	 

     

    

 

 

ATTACHMENT 3

 

[FORM
OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

 

For value received ____________________________ hereby sell(s),
assign(s) and transfer(s) unto _________________ (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee)
the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints _____________________ attorney to transfer the said Note on the
books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

In connection with any transfer of the within Note, the undersigned
confirms that such Note is being transferred:

 

		·	To Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings Ltd., or a Subsidiary thereof (including NCL Corporation Ltd.,); or

 

		·	Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

    	 	Exhibit A-14	 

     

    

 

	Dated: 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	Signature(s)
	 	 
	 	 
	Signature Guarantee

  

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an

eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock

brokers, savings and loan associations and

credit unions) with membership in an approved

signature guarantee medallion program pursuant

to Securities and Exchange Commission

Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to be delivered, other

than to and in the name of the registered holder.

 

NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with
the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

    	 	Exhibit A-15Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

NORWEGIAN
CRUISE LINE HOLDINGS LTD.

 

INVESTOR
RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This
Investor Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of May 28, 2020 (the “Effective Date”),
by and among Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings Ltd., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Bermuda
(the “Company”), NCL Corporation Ltd., an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws
of Bermuda (the “Notes Issuer”), and LC9 Skipper, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership (together with its
Affiliates, the “Investor”).

 

WHEREAS,
the Investor, the Notes Issuer, and the Company have entered into that certain Investment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2020
(the “Investment Agreement”), pursuant to which the Investor has agreed to purchase and acquire from
the Notes Issuer, subject to the satisfaction and/or waiver of the conditions set forth therein, up to $400 million in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes Issuer’s Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”); and

 

WHEREAS,
it is a condition precedent to the Investor’s obligation to purchase, and the Notes Issuer’s obligation to sell, such
Notes that the Investor, the Company and the Notes Issuer enter into this Agreement to provide for certain rights and obligations
of the parties hereto following the closing of the Transactions.

 

NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.               
Board of Directors.

 

(a)              
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, in each case, the requirements and limitations set forth
in this Section 1), from and after the Effective Date and for so long as the Investor Ownership Threshold is satisfied:

 

(i)                
the Investor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate one Person to be nominated (the “Investor
Nominee”) for election at each general meeting of the Company at which the class of Directors that the initial Investor
Nominee shall be designated pursuant to Section 1(b) (the “Designated Class”) are up for election
by giving written notice to the Company on or before the time such information is reasonably requested to be delivered by the Board
or the Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Governance Committee”) for inclusion in a proxy statement
and notice of an annual general meeting for such general meeting of the shareholders of the Company, together with all information
about the Investor Nominee as shall be reasonably requested by the Board or the Governance Committee in order to make the determination
referred to in Section 1(a)(iv); provided, however, the initial Investor Nominee shall be appointed as set
forth in Section 1(b);

 

(ii)             
the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law and subject to the Investor’s compliance with
this Section 1, use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as may be necessary to ensure that: (1) the Investor
Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the shareholders of the Company for election at each general meeting
of the Company at which Directors of the Designated Class are up for election, and that the Board recommend that the Company’s
shareholders vote for the Investor Nominee included in such slate; and (2) the Investor Nominee is included in the proxy statement
and notice of such general meeting prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every general
meeting of the shareholders of the Company called with respect to the election of all Directors of the Board for the Designated
Class, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the shareholders
of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of all Directors of the Board of the Designated Class;

 

     

     

    

 

(iii)           
if a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, disqualification, resignation, or removal of the Investor Director
or for any other reason, then the Investor shall be entitled to designate such Person’s successor, and the Company will,
as promptly as reasonably practicable following such designation, use its reasonable best efforts to take all necessary and desirable
actions, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, within its control such that such vacancy shall be filled with such successor
Investor Nominee;

 

(iv)            
if the Investor Nominee is not elected because of the Investor Nominee’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal
as a nominee or for any other reason, the Investor shall be entitled to designate promptly another Person to the Board and the
Company will use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions within its control as may be necessary such that the Director
position for which such Person was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation or the size of the Board shall be increased
by one and such vacancy shall be filled with such successor Investor Nominee as promptly as reasonably practicable following such
designation;

 

(v)              
as promptly as reasonably practicable following the request of the Investor Director, the Company shall enter into an indemnification
agreement with the Investor Director, in the form entered into with the other members of the Board. The Company shall pay the reasonable
and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investor Director in connection with his or her services provided to or on
behalf of the Company, including attending meetings or events attended explicitly on behalf of the Company at the Company’s
request; provided, that such payments shall be consistent with the Company’s policy for paying such expenses of other
Directors of the Company;

 

(vi)            
upon the occurrence of either of (A) the Investor Ownership Threshold ceasing to be satisfied, or (B) the Investor Director
failing at any time to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 1(c), then the Investor shall cause the Investor
Director to immediately resign from the Board; provided, that in the event the Investor Director is required to resign from
the Board pursuant to the foregoing clause (B), the Investor will be permitted to designate a replacement Investor Nominee (which
replacement Investor Nominee will, for the avoidance of doubt, also be subject to the requirements of Section 1(c));

 

    	 	2	 

     

    

 

(vii)         
the Investor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate one Person (the “Observer”)
to be a non-voting observer to the Board and any committee of the Board (a “Committee”), which Person
may also be the Investor Director with respect to observing any Committee meeting of which the Investor Director is not a member.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Observer (x) will not have any rights to vote or be counted for quorum purposes at any meeting
of the Board or any Committee and (y) will not be entitled to any reimbursement by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any
costs and expenses incurred by the Observer in connection with his or her attendance of, or participation at, any Board or Committee
meeting; and

 

(viii)       
subject to the terms of this Agreement, applicable Law, the listing standards of the Principal Market and the limitations
set forth in Section 1(e), the Investor Nominee and the Observer, if any, shall be provided with all of the information
that is provided to the Directors or to the members of any Committee in their capacities as Directors or Committee members, as
the case may be, at the same time and in the same manner as such information is provided to the Directors or such Committee members.

 

(b)              
Subject to the satisfaction of the requirements set forth in Section 1(c) and the receipt of all information reasonably
required by the Board or the Governance Committee, the Company and the Board shall take all necessary actions such that as promptly
following the date of the 2020 annual general meeting of the shareholders of the Company, but in no event later than July 15, 2020,
the initial Investor Nominee shall be appointed as a Director of the Board of the Designated Class; provided, that not later
than five Business Days after the 2020 annual general meeting of the shareholders, (x) the Investor shall provide written notice
to the Company of the name of the Investor’s initial Investor Nominee and (y) the Company shall provide written notice to
the Investor of the Designated Class to which the Investor Nominee shall be designated.

 

(c)              
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither the Company nor the Board shall be under any obligation
to nominate or appoint to the Board or any Committee or permit the attendance at any meeting of the Board or any Committee, or
solicit votes for any Person pursuant to Section 1(a), in the event that the Board reasonably determines that (i) the
election or appointment of such Person to the Board or appointment to such Committee or attendance at any meeting of the Board
or any Committee would cause the Company to not be in compliance with applicable Law, (ii) such Person has been the subject of
any event required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 2(d) or 2(e) of Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act or Item 401(f) of Regulation
S-K of the Securities Act (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding bankruptcies) involving an act of moral turpitude by such individual
or is subject to any order, decree or judgment of any Governmental Entity prohibiting service as a director of any public company,
(iii) such Person fails to complete reasonable and customary onboarding documentation, including providing reasonably required
information to the Company, in each case, to the extent such requirements are consistent with those applicable to the other members
of the Board or any Committee, (iv) such Person does not qualify as an “independent director” of the Company under
Rule 303A(2) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual or (v) such Person is as of such time or was within the three years prior to such
time a director (or member of a similar governing body), officer or employee of an Activist or of any Competitor. In the event
the Investor Nominee is not nominated or appointed to the Board or any Committee or the Observer is not permitted to attend any
meeting of the Board or any Committee as a result of a failure to satisfy any of the requirements described in clauses (i) through
(v) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Investor will be permitted to designate a replacement Investor Nominee or Observer
(which replacement Investor Nominee or Observer, as applicable, will, for the avoidance of doubt, also be subject to the requirements
of this Section 1(c)).

 

    	 	3	 

     

    

 

(d)              
For so long as the Investor Director is a member of the Board in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement,
subject to applicable Law, the listing standards of the Principal Market and the limitations set forth in Section 1(e),
the Company shall appoint the Investor Director to (i) sit on the audit Committee of the Board or (ii) if the Board determines
that the Investor Director does not qualify as “independent” for purposes of the audit Committee, then to sit on such
other Committee of the Board as the Investor shall select.

 

(e)              
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Board reasonably determines that (i) the service of the
Investor Director on or attendance at or participation by the Observer in any meeting of any Committee, (ii) the discussions of
the Board or any Committee on which the Investor Director is a member or the Observer is a participant or (iii) the materials to
be disseminated to the Board or any Committee on which the Investor Director is a member or the Observer is a participant, in any
such case (A) would jeopardize any legal privilege (including attorney-client privilege and attorney work product protection),
(B) would be likely to involve or result in a conflict of interest or a violation of applicable Law, judgment or contract to which
the Company is party or (C) would be a violation of the Company’s conflict policies and procedures or a breach or violation
of any confidentiality obligation owed by the Company, then, in any such case, the Board, after consultation with the Investor
Director and in good faith, shall be permitted to, (1) in the case of an appointment to any Committee, as applicable, pursuant
to Section 1(d), decline to appoint the Investor Director with respect to such Committee or, in the case of the designation
of the Observer pursuant to ‎Section 1(a)(vii), decline to allow the Observer to participate in or attend any Committee
meeting and (2) require the Investor Director or the Observer to, and in such event the Investor shall cause the Investor Director
or the Observer to, recuse himself or herself from such discussions, and neither the Company nor the Board shall be required to
disseminate such materials to the Investor Director or the Observer. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Investor
Director or the Observer is also a director of the Investor or any of its Affiliates, then the Board shall be entitled to require
the Investor Director or the Observer, as applicable, to recuse himself or herself from any or all discussions regarding any potential
transaction, agreement or other arrangement between the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Investor or
any of its Affiliates, on the other hand.

 

(f)               
To the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “Companies Act”)
and other applicable Law, and subject to the remainder of this Section 1(f), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in any other agreement or policy that may from time to time be in effect (including the Company’s Code of Ethical Business
Conduct), the Company agrees that the Investor Director, the Observer, the Investor or any portfolio company thereof (collectively,
 “Covered Persons”) may, and shall have no duty not to, (i) invest in, carry on and conduct, whether directly,
or as a partner in any partnership, or as a joint venturer in any joint venture, or as an officer, director, shareholder, equityholder
or investor in any Person, or as a participant in any syndicate, pool, trust or association, any business of any kind, nature or
description, whether or not such business is a Competitor, (ii) do business with any client, customer, vendor or lessor of any
of the Company or its Affiliates, and/or (iii) make investments in any kind of property in which the Company may make investments.
The Company agrees that in the event that a Covered Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may constitute
a corporate opportunity under the Companies Act for both (x) the Covered Person or any of its Affiliates and (y) the Company or
its Subsidiaries, the Covered Person shall not have any duty to offer or communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity
to the Company or its Subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Act and other applicable Law, the Company
hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in any potential transaction or matter of which the Covered Person acquires knowledge,
except for any corporate opportunity which is offered to a Covered Person in writing stating that such offer being made to such
Covered Person in his or her capacity as a member of the Board, and waives any claim against any Covered Person, that such Covered
Person is liable to the Company or its shareholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Covered
Person (A) pursues or acquires any corporate opportunity for its own account or the account of any Affiliate or other Person, (B)
directs, recommends, sells, assigns or otherwise transfers such corporate opportunity to another Person or (C) does not communicate
information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company; provided, in each such case, that any corporate opportunity
which is offered to a Covered Person in writing stating that such offer is being made to such Covered Person in his or her capacity
as a member of the Board shall belong to the Company. The board of directors will adopt resolutions expressly affirming the foregoing
as it relates to corporate opportunities under the Companies Act and the duties of Covered Persons related thereto.

 

    	 	4	 

     

    

 

(g)              
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Company’s Code of Ethical Business Conduct, the Company’s Corporate
Governance Guidelines or any other policies from time to time in effect, but subject to Section 1(h), the Investor Director
and the Observer may disclose information to the Investor or any of its Affiliates, for the purposes set forth in Section 1(h).

 

(h)              
The Investor will, and will cause its Affiliates to, keep confidential any information (including oral, written and electronic
information) concerning the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates that may be furnished to the Investor or its Affiliates
by or on behalf of the Investor Director, the Observer or the Company (collectively referred to as the “Confidential
Information”) and use the Confidential Information solely for the purposes of monitoring, administering or managing
the Investor’s investment in the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, providing information to any current or
prospective limited partners or other investors of the Investor or its Affiliates (collectively, “Investor LPs”)
in connection with marketing, informational or reporting activities in the ordinary course of the Investor’s business and
who are subject to confidentiality obligations to the Investor or its Affiliates; provided, that the Investor shall be liable
for any breach of the confidentiality obligations under this Section 1(h) by any Investor LP that receives Confidential
Information from or on behalf of the Investor); provided, that the Confidential Information shall not include information
that (i) was or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Investor or any of its Affiliates
in violation of this Section 1(h), (ii) was or becomes available to the Investor or any of its Affiliates from a source
other than the Investor Director, the Observer, the Company or its Representatives (provided, that such source is believed
by the Investor not to be disclosing such information in violation of an obligation of confidentiality (whether by agreement or
otherwise) to the Company) or (iii) was independently developed by the Investor or any of its Affiliates without reference to,
incorporation of, or other use of any Confidential Information. The Investor agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, that,
except as permitted to the Investor LPs in accordance with this Section 1(h), Confidential Information may be disclosed
solely in the event that the Investor or any of its Affiliates are requested or required by applicable Law, Action, stock exchange
rule or other applicable judicial or governmental process (including by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena,
civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, in each of which instances the Investor
or its Affiliates, as the case may be, shall, if permitted by applicable Law, provide notice to the Company sufficiently in advance
of any such disclosure so that the Company will have a reasonable opportunity to timely seek to limit, condition or quash such
disclosure.

 

    	 	5	 

     

    

 

(i)                
For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Related Agreements to the contrary, transferees
(other than an Affiliate of the Investor) of the Notes and/or the Conversion Shares shall not have any rights pursuant to this
Section 1.

 

Section 2.               
Registration Rights.

 

(a)              
Shelf Registration.

 

(i)                
Filing. The Company shall file on or prior to the date that is six months following the Effective Date, a Registration
Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”) (it being agreed that the Form
S-3 Shelf shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) or, if the Company
is ineligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1
Shelf,” and together with the Form S-3 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration), the “Shelf”)
covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts
to cause the Shelf to become effective by the one year anniversary of the Effective Date. The Shelf shall provide for the resale
of Registrable Securities from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested
by, the Investor. The Company shall maintain the Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) in accordance with the terms hereof,
and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary
to keep such Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) continuously effective and in compliance with the provisions of the
Securities Act, including Item 512(a)(1) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, until such time as there are no longer any Registrable
Securities. In the event the Company files a Form S-1 Shelf, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to convert the Form
S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use
Form S-3.

 

(ii)             
Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any
time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly
as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt
withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly
as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending
the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent
Shelf Registration”) registering the resale from time to time by the Investor thereof of all securities that are
Registrable Securities as of the time of such filing. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Company shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably
practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration
Statement if the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer). Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent
that the Company is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form
and shall provide for the registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by the Investor in accordance with any reasonable
method of distribution elected by the Investor.

 

    	 	6	 

     

    

 

(iii)           
Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective
by the SEC, the Investor may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that
is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that the
Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include either (x) securities with
a total offering price (including piggyback shares and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed,
in the aggregate, $100 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities. All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall
be made by giving written notice to the Company (the “Demand Shelf Takedown Notice”). Each Demand Shelf
Takedown Notice shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown
and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. The Investor
shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one or
more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the Company’s prior approval which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the forgoing and subject to Section 2(g) hereof, the Investor shall be
entitled to effectuate no more than four (4) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(iv)            
Withdrawal. The Investor shall have the right to withdraw from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason
whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters
(if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf
Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of subsection 2(a)(iii), unless
either (x) such withdrawal occurs during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Section 2(h) hereof
or (y) the Investor reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include
overhead expenses, with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

 

    	 	7	 

     

    

 

(b)              
Piggyback Takedowns. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities, including a registration pursuant
to any registration rights agreement between Company and holders of its securities (a “Piggyback Registration”),
or proposes to offer any of its securities pursuant to a registration statement in an underwritten offering under the Securities
Act (together with a Piggyback Registration, a “Piggyback Takedown”), the Company shall give reasonably
prompt written notice to the Investor of its intention to effect such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that
is an underwritten offering under a shelf registration statement, such notice shall be given not less than three Business Days
prior to the expected date of commencement of marketing efforts for such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown
that is an underwritten offering under a registration statement that is not a shelf registration statement, such notice shall be
given not less than three Business Days prior to the expected date of filing of such registration statement. The Company shall,
subject to the provisions of Section 2(c) below, include in such Piggyback Takedown, as applicable, all Registrable Securities
requested to be included by the Investor within three Business Days after sending the Company’s notice. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained herein: (i) the Company may determine not to proceed with any Piggyback Takedown upon written notice
to the Investor; provided, however, that nothing in this clause (i) shall impair the right of the Investor to request that
such registration be effected pursuant to Sections 2(a) or 2(b); and (ii) the Investor may withdraw its request
for inclusion by giving written notice to the Company of its intention to withdraw that registration; provided, however,
that the withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making the withdrawal, the Investor shall no longer have any right to include
its Registrable Securities in that Piggyback Takedown from which it withdrew. If any Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten offering,
then the Company will have the sole right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

 

(c)              
Priority for Piggyback Takedown. If the Company determines after consultation with the managing underwriter in any
underwritten Piggyback Takedown that was not initiated by the Investor pursuant to this Agreement, that less than all of the Registrable
Securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering can be sold in an orderly manner within a price range acceptable
to the Company or the holders of the Company’s securities demanding such Piggyback Takedown pursuant to registration rights
granted to other holders of the Company’s securities, as applicable, then the Company shall include in such underwritten
Piggyback Registration the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority:

 

(A)
first, the securities the Company and/or the holders of the Company’s securities demanding such Piggyback Takedown pursuant
to registration rights granted to such holders propose to sell;

 

(B)
second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration by the Investor; and

 

(C)
third, other securities requested to be included in such underwritten Piggyback Takedown.

 

(d)              
Company Undertakings. Whenever Registrable Securities are registered or sold pursuant to this Agreement, the Company
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities as soon as
reasonably practicable in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and pursuant thereto the Company shall as
expeditiously as possible:

 

    	 	8	 

     

    

 

(i)                
before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, at the Company’s expense,
furnish to the Investor copies of all such documents, other than documents that are incorporated by reference, proposed to be filed
and such other documents reasonably requested by the Investor, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of the
counsel to the Investor;

 

(ii)             
reasonably promptly notify the Investor of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement and prepare and file with the
SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary
to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period ending on the date on which all Registrable Securities have been sold
under such Registration Statement or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities, and comply with the provisions of the
Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance
with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(iii)           
furnish to the Investor, and the managing underwriters, without charge, such number of copies of the applicable Registration
Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary
Prospectus, final Prospectus, and any other Prospectus (including any Prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B promulgated
under the Securities Act and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated
under the Securities Act)), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such seller or such managing
underwriters may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the
Investor, and upon request, a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the SEC or any
other Governmental Entity relating to such offer;

 

(iv)            
use its commercially reasonable efforts (x) to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities
or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests, (y) to keep such registration or qualification in effect
for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect, and (z) to do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably
necessary or advisable to enable the Investor to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities
owned by it (provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction
where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction
or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

    	 	9	 

     

    

 

(v)              
reasonably promptly notify the Investor and its counsel and the managing underwriters: (x) at any time when a Prospectus
relating to the applicable Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, (A) upon discovery that,
or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, such Registration Statement, or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus
relating to such Registration Statement, or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference contains
an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating thereto not misleading or otherwise requires the making of any changes in such Registration
Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or document, and, at the request of the Investor, the Company shall promptly prepare
a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, furnish a reasonable number of copies of such supplement
or amendment to the Investor and its counsel and the managing underwriters and file such supplement or amendment with the SEC so
that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus as so
amended or supplemented shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, (B) as soon as the Company becomes aware of any comments or inquiries by the SEC or any requests
by the SEC or any Federal or state Governmental Entity for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus
or Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities or for additional information relating thereto, (C) as soon as the Company
becomes aware of the issuance or threatened issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending or threatening to suspend the effectiveness
of a Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities or (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect
to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Security for sale in any jurisdiction,
or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; (y) when each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto
has been filed with the SEC and when each Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus
amendment or supplement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; and (z) if at any time the Company has reason
to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any agreement contemplated by Section 2(d)(viii)
below relating to any applicable offering cease to be true and correct.

 

(vi)            
use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the Principal Market;

 

(vii)         
provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities from and after the
effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

 

(viii)       
enter into and perform under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form, including customary
representations and warranties and provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution) and take all such other actions
as the Investor or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable
Securities (including effecting a share split, a combination of shares, or other recapitalization) and provide reasonable cooperation,
including causing appropriate officers to attend and participate in “road shows” and analyst or investor presentations
and such other selling or other informational meetings organized by the underwriters, if any, to the extent reasonably requested
by the lead or managing underwriters, with all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or such officers in connection
with such attendance and participation to be paid by the Company;

 

    	 	10	 

     

    

 

(ix)            
for a reasonable period prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or the commencement of marketing efforts for a
Shelf Takedown, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement, make available for inspection and copying by the Investor and its counsel,
any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement or Shelf Takedown, as applicable, and
any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Investor or underwriter, all financial and other records and pertinent
corporate documents of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, Directors, employees and independent accountants to
supply all information and participate in any due diligence sessions reasonably requested by the Investor, underwriter, attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement or Shelf Takedown, as applicable, provided that recipients
of such financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents agree in writing to keep the confidentiality thereof pursuant
to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company and the applicable underwriter (which shall contain customary exceptions
thereto);

 

(x)              
permit the Investor and its counsel, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement,
and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Investor or underwriter, to participate (including, but not limited
to, reviewing, commenting on and attending all meetings) in the preparation of such Registration Statement and any Prospectus supplements
relating to a Shelf Takedown, if applicable;

 

(xi)            
in the event of the issuance or threatened issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement,
or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any security included
in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly
to (x) prevent the issuance of any such stop order, and in the event of such issuance, to obtain the withdrawal of such order and
(y) obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or
suspending qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction at
the earliest practicable date;

 

(xii)         
obtain and furnish to the Investor a signed counterpart of (w) a customary cold comfort and bring down letter from the Company’s
independent public accountants, (x) a customary legal opinion of counsel to the Company addressed to the relevant underwriters
and/or the Investor, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters
as the managing underwriters and/or the Investor reasonably request, (y) a negative assurances letter of counsel to the Company
in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters as the managing underwriters and/or
the Investor, and (z) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by the Investor
or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Takedown;

 

    	 	11	 

     

    

 

(xiii)       
with respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no
Registrable Securities be sold “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) promulgated under the Securities Act)
such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of the Investor, which Free Writing Prospectuses
or other materials shall be subject to the review of its counsel;

 

(xiv)        
provide or maintain a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities prior to the effective date of the first Registration
Statement including Registrable Securities;

 

(xv)          
promptly notify in writing the Investor, the sales or placement agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters of
the securities being sold, (x) when such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus
amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any such Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective and (y) of any written comments by the SEC and by the blue sky or
securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto;

 

(xvi)        
(v) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to each Registration Statement as (A) reasonably requested
by the Investor (to the extent such request related to information relating to it) or (B) may be necessary to comply with the provisions
of the Securities Act, including post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration
Statement continuously effective for the applicable time period required hereunder, and if applicable, file any Registration Statements
pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act; (w) cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required
Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated
under the Securities Act; (x) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any applicable securities
exchange or other recognized trading market with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement
during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration
Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented; (y) provide additional information related to each Registration
Statement as requested by, and obtain any required approval necessary from, the SEC or any Federal or state Governmental Entity;
and (z) respond promptly to any comments received from the SEC and request acceleration of effectiveness promptly after it learns
that the SEC will not review the Registration Statement or after it has satisfied comments received from the SEC;

 

(xvii)     
cooperate with the Investor and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and underwriters’
counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA, including using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
FINRA’s pre-clearance and pre-approval of the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus upon filing with the SEC;

 

    	 	12	 

     

    

 

(xviii)   
within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any Registration
Statement or Prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby);

 

(xix)        
if requested by the Investor or the managing underwriters, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or amendment such
information as the Investor or managing underwriters may reasonably request, including in order to permit the intended method of
distribution of such securities, and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as reasonably
practicable after the Company has received such request;

 

(xx)          
in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, cooperate with the Investor and the managing underwriters to facilitate
the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after
receiving written representations from the Investor that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered
by the Investor will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be
in such denominations and registered in such names as the Investor or managing underwriters may reasonably request at least two
Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; and

 

(xxi)        
use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration and sale of the Registrable
Securities contemplated hereby.

 

(e)              
Registration Expenses. All Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to
Registrable Securities registered shall be borne by the Investor.

 

(f)               
Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(i)                
Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Investor and its Affiliates,
directors, officers, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls the Investor within the meaning of either
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, from and against any losses, claims,
expenses, damages and liabilities or whatever kind (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating,
preparing or defending same and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder) (collectively, “Losses”)
to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally
filed or in any amendment thereof, or the Disclosure Package, or any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus
included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon
the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading or (y) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other
federal law, any state or foreign securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under of the foregoing laws, relating to
the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities, and in any such case, the Company agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party,
as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending
any such Loss, claim, damage, liability, action or investigation (whether or not the indemnified party is a party to any proceeding);
provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is
based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information relating to the Investor furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Investor specifically
for inclusion therein, including any notice and questionnaire. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which
the Company may otherwise have.

 

    	 	13	 

     

    

 

(ii)             
Indemnification by the Investor. The Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its Affiliates,
Directors, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, from and against any and all Losses to which they or
any of them may become subject insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Disclosure
Package or the Investor Free Writing Prospectus, preliminary, final or summary Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement,
or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent,
but only to the extent, that any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained
in any written information relating to the Investor furnished to the Company by or on behalf the Investor specifically for inclusion
therein; provided, however, that the total amount to be indemnified by the Investor pursuant to this Section 2(f)(ii)
shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by the Investor in
the offering to which such Registration Statement or Prospectus relates; provided further that the Investor shall not be
liable in any case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement or Disclosure Package, or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, the Investor has furnished in writing to the Company, information expressly for use in, and within
a reasonable period of time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof
or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading information previously provided to the Company. This indemnity agreement
will be in addition to any liability which the Investor may otherwise have.

 

(iii)           
Notification. If any Person shall be entitled to indemnification under this Section 2(f) (each, an “Indemnified
Party”), such Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice to the party required to provide indemnification (each,
an “Indemnifying Party”) of any Action or of the commencement of any Action as to which indemnity is
sought. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party as promptly
as reasonably practicable after the receipt of written notice from such Indemnified Party of such Action, to assume, at the Indemnifying
Party’s expense, the defense of any such Action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party and, after
notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party
will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance
with this Section 2(f)(iii)) be liable to such Indemnified Party hereunder for any legal expenses and other expenses subsequently
incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that an Indemnified Party
shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
of such Indemnified Party unless the Indemnifying Party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense
and the Indemnified Party is or would reasonably be expected to be materially prejudiced by such delay. The failure of any Indemnified
Party to give notice as provided herein shall relieve an Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2(f) only
to the extent that the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial or harmful to such Indemnifying Party’s ability
to defend such action. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such Action, shall, except with the prior written consent of
each Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), consent to entry of any judgment or enter
into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified
Party of a release from all liability in respect to such Action. The indemnity agreements contained in this Section 2(f)
shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without
the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The indemnification
set forth in this Section 2(f) shall be in addition to any other indemnification rights or agreements that an Indemnified
Party may have. An Indemnifying Party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of an Action will not be obligated
to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such Indemnifying Party with respect to such
Action, unless in the reasonable judgment of any Indemnified Party a conflict of interest may exist between such Indemnified Party
and any other Indemnified Parties with respect to such Action.

 

    	 	14	 

     

    

 

(iv)            
Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2(f) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party, other than pursuant to its terms, with respect to any Losses or action referred to therein,
then, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 2(f), the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified
Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses or action
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified
Party, on the other, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses or action, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified
Party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made (or
omitted) by, or relates to information supplied by such Indemnifying Party or such Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission. The Company
and the Investor agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2(f)(iv) was determined
solely upon pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 2(f)(iv). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount the
Investor will be obligated to contribute pursuant to this Section 2(f)(iv) will be limited to an amount equal to the net
proceeds received by the Investor in respect of the Registrable Securities sold pursuant to the registration statement which gives
rise to such obligation to contribute. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(g)              
Rule 144; Rule 144A. With a view to making available to the Investor the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act, the Company covenants that it will (x) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if available
with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, and (y) take such further action
as the Investor may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Investor to sell Registrable
Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rule may be amended from
time to time. Upon the reasonable request of the Investor, the Company will deliver to it a written statement as to whether it
has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance. Holders of the Notes shall
have the right to sell such securities in a marketed offering under Rule 144A under the Securities Act through one or more initial
purchasers on a firm commitment basis, using procedures that are substantially equivalent to those specified in Section 2
(any such sale, a “Rule 144A Sale”); provided that each such Rule 144A Sale shall be deemed to
be an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of the last sentence of Section 2(a)(iii). The Company and the Notes Issuer
agree to use their reasonable efforts to cooperate to effect any such sales under Rule 144A. Nothing in this Section 2(g)
shall impose any additional or more burdensome obligations on the Company or the Notes Issuer than would apply under this Section
2, in each case, mutatis mutandis, in respect of a registered underwritten offering, or shall require the Company or
the Notes Issuer to take any actions that the Company or the Notes Issuer would not be required to take in a registered underwritten
offering of such Notes.

 

(h)              
Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement
or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, the Investor shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until the
Investor has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the
Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice),
or until the Investor is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial
effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure
or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons
beyond the Company’s control, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Investor, delay the
filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event
more than 60 days, determined in good faith by the Company to be necessary for such purpose; provided that such
right to delay or suspend shall be exercised by the Company not more than two times, which shall not be consecutive, in any 12-month period.
In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Investor agrees to suspend, immediately upon their
receipt of the notice referred to above, its use of the Prospectus relating to any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities.
The Company shall immediately notify the Investor of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section
2(h).

 

    	 	15	 

     

    

 

(i)                
Restrictions on Transfer. In connection with any underwritten offering of Equity
Securities, the Investor agrees that it shall not Transfer any Equity Securities (other than those included in such offering pursuant
to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period
beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except in the event the underwriter managing the offering otherwise agrees by
written consent. The Investor agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the underwriters of such offering
to such effect. The Investor’s obligations under the second sentence of this Section 2(i) shall only apply
for so long as the Investor (together with its Affiliates) holds at least 5% of the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary
Shares (calculated on a fully diluted and as converted basis and assuming all the Notes are converted on a fully physical settlement
basis).

 

(j)                
In connection with any Shelf Takedown, the Company shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its Equity Securities,
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form
S-8 or Form S-4 under the Securities Act), and shall cause its officers and Directors not to Transfer any Equity Securities, except
in the event the underwriters managing the Shelf Takedown consent to such shorter period, during the seven days prior to and the
90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such Shelf Takedown or such other period provided in the underwriting, placement
or similar agreement executed in connection with such Shelf Takedown.

 

Section 3.               
Transfer Restrictions.

 

(a)              
In addition to the other limitations set forth in this Section 3, the Investor may not at any time Transfer any Restricted
Securities to (i) any Competitor or Activist or (ii) any Person that would, to the Investor’s knowledge, Beneficially Own
(as defined in the Bye-laws) a number of Shares (as defined in the Bye-laws), calculated, for this purpose on a fully diluted and
as converted basis and assuming all the Notes are converted on a fully physical settlement basis, in excess of the Ownership Limit
(as defined in the Bye-laws) after giving effect to such Transfer of Restricted Securities (any such Person pursuant to the foregoing
clause (i) and this clause (ii), a “Prohibited Transferee”). The Investor will provide written notice
to the Company and the Notes Issuer no less than 10 days prior to the effectiveness of the first Transfer of Restricted Securities
to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Investor.

 

(b)              
During the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the calendar date that is 12 months following the
Effective Date (the “Lockup Date”), unless the Company otherwise provides prior written consent or pursuant
to a Transfer of Restricted Securities permitted by Section 3(c), the Investor shall not Transfer any Restricted Securities
or enter into or engage in any hedge, swap, short sale, or derivative transaction, or grant any option for the purchase of, or
enter into or engage in any other agreement or arrangement with the same economic effect as a short sale of, or the purpose of
which is to offset the loss which results from a decline in the market price of, any Restricted Securities, or otherwise establish
or increase, directly or indirectly, a put equivalent position, as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, with respect
to any Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investor shall be permitted to mortgage, hypothecate, and/or pledge
the Notes and/or the Conversion Shares in respect of one or more bona fide purpose (margin) or bona fide non-purpose
loans with a nationally recognized financial institution (each, a “Permitted Loan”).

 

    	 	16	 

     

    

 

(c)              
The Investor may at any time, and notwithstanding Section 3(a) or 3(b) Transfer Restricted Securities (i)
to any controlled Affiliate of the Investor (provided, that such transferee signs a joinder agreeing to be bound by the
terms and restrictions set forth in this Agreement), (ii) if the Board approves, recommends or accepts a transaction that would
result in a Fundamental Change, or a Fundamental Change has occurred or a Notice of Fundamental Change has been delivered pursuant
to the Indenture or to give effect to any Fundamental Change or acquisition, sale, merger
or amalgamation involving a majority of the assets, properties or Equity Securities of the Company that has been recommended or
approved by a majority of the Board (provided, that for purposes of this clause (ii), no Investor may Transfer Restricted
Securities to any Competitor or Activist in connection with any such foregoing transaction without the Company’s prior written
consent), (iii) to a third party for cash solely to the extent that all of the net proceeds of such sale are solely used
to satisfy a bona fide margin call (i.e., posted as collateral) pursuant to a Permitted Loan, or repay a Permitted
Loan to the extent necessary to satisfy a bona fide margin call on such Permitted Loan or avoid a bona fide margin
call on such Permitted Loan, (iv) if an Event of Default under the Indenture has occurred and for which there has been an acceleration
of any material payment obligation of the Notes Issuer, or (v) in connection with any Permitted Loan, including in connection with
any foreclosure by the applicable lender or creditor; provided, that in the event that any lender or other creditor under
a Permitted Loan (including any agent or trustee on their behalf) or any Affiliate of the foregoing exercises any rights or remedies
in respect of the Restricted Securities or any other collateral for any Permitted Loan, (x) such lender or creditor shall agree
with the Investor (with the Company and the Notes Issuer as express third party beneficiaries of such agreement) that following
such foreclosure or in connection with such Transfer of Restricted Securities it shall not directly or indirectly Transfer (other
than pursuant to a broadly distributed offering or a sale effected through a broker-dealer) such foreclosed or transferred, as
the case may be, Restricted Securities to a Prohibited Transferee without the Company’s prior written consent and (y)
no lender, creditor, agent or trustee on their behalf or Affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than, for the avoidance of doubt,
the Investor or any of its Affiliates) shall be entitled to any rights or have any obligations or be subject to any transfer restrictions
or limitations hereunder except and to the extent for those expressly provided for in Section 2, Section 3(a)(ii),
and this Section 3(c). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Investor acknowledges and
agrees (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) that the transferee of any Restricted Securities, pursuant to this Section 3(c),
shall be subject to and bound by ‎Section 3(a)(ii) and Section 6 hereof. For the avoidance
of doubt, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a Transfer of Restricted Securities shall be subject to and bound by ‎Section
3(a)(ii) or ‎Section 6; provided, however, that
the restrictions in ‎Section 3(a)(ii) and Section 6 shall not apply to any Transfer of Restricted
Securities (A) to an underwriter or similar financial institution in a registered underwritten offering conducted by the Company
or pursuant to the registration rights set forth herein or (B) through a brokered transaction on a securities exchange in which
the identity of the transferee is not known to the Investor, in each case, other than any “block trade” or directed
offering.

 

    	 	17	 

     

    

 

Section
4.               
Standstill.

 

(a)              
During the Standstill Period, the Investor shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives acting on its and/or
its Affiliates’ behalf not to, directly or indirectly (including through any arrangements with a third party):

 

(i)                
 except for Equity Securities received by way of subdivision, distribution in specie,
share splits, share dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations or other distributions by the Company in respect of its Ordinary
Shares, (A) acquire, agree to acquire, propose or offer to acquire (including through the acquisition of Beneficial Ownership)
(directly or indirectly, by purchase or otherwise) any Equity Securities (other than the Conversion Shares); or (B) authorize or
make a tender offer, exchange offer or other offer or proposal, whether oral or written, to acquire (directly or indirectly, by
purchase or otherwise) any Equity Securities;

 

(ii)             
make, or in any way participate, directly or indirectly, in any “solicitation” of “proxies,” “consents”
or “authorizations” to vote (as such terms are used in the rules of the SEC), or seek to advise or influence any Person
with respect to the voting of any shares of Voting Securities (other than in each case (x) the Investor and its Affiliates, (y)
in accordance with and consistent with the recommendation of the Board or (z) with respect to the election of the Investor Nominee);

 

(iii)           
form, join or in any way participate in a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, for the
purpose of voting, acquiring, holding, or disposing of, any Voting Securities, other than a group consisting solely of the Investor
and its Affiliates;

 

(iv)            
effect or seek to effect, offer or propose to effect, cause or participate in, or in any way assist or facilitate any other
Person to effect or seek, offer or propose to effect or participate in, with or without conditions, any acquisition of, or merger,
amalgamation, recapitalization, reorganization, business combination or other extraordinary transaction involving the Company or
any Subsidiary thereof or any of its or their respective securities or assets (each, an “Extraordinary Transaction)
or make any public announcement with respect to such Extraordinary Transaction; provided, however, that this clause
shall not preclude the tender by the Investor of any securities of the Company into any Third Party Tender/Exchange Offer (and
any related conversion of the Notes to the extent required to effect such tender) or the vote by the Investor of any Voting Securities
of the Company with respect to any Extraordinary Transaction in accordance with the recommendation of the Board;

 

(v)              
request that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, amend or waive any provision of this Section
4;

 

(vi)            
contest the validity or enforceability of any provision contained in this Section 4;

 

    	 	18	 

     

    

 

(vii)         
call, or seek to call, a general meeting of the shareholders of the Company or initiate any shareholder proposal, or initiate
or propose any action by written consent, in each case, for action by the shareholders of the Company;

 

(viii)       
nominate candidates for election to the Board or otherwise seek representation on the Board (except as expressly set forth
in this Agreement) or seek the removal of any member of the Board (except for the Investor Nominee, if applicable); or

 

(ix)            
take any action that would reasonably be expected to require the Company to make a public announcement regarding the possibility
of a transaction or any other matter described in this Section 4.

 

(b)              
Nothing in this Section 4 shall, in and of itself, prohibit or restrict the voting (in such Person’s capacity
as a Director) or other actions taken by the Investor Director in his or her capacity as a member of the Board and in compliance
with and subject to his or her fiduciary duties as a member of the Board.

 

Section
5.               
Voting Agreement. The Investor agrees with the Company that, except with the Company’s prior written consent,
(a) during the Standstill Period, the Investor shall take such action at each general meeting of the shareholders of the Company
as may be required so that all shares of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by
it and/or by any of its Affiliates are voted in the same manner (“for,” “against,” “withheld,”
 “abstain” or otherwise) as recommended by the Board to the other holders of Ordinary Shares (including with respect
to Director elections), and (b) the Investor shall, and shall (to the extent necessary to comply with this Section 5) cause
the Investor’s Affiliates to, be present, in person or by proxy, at all general meetings of the shareholders of the Company
so that all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned by it or them from time to time may be counted for the purposes
of determining the presence of a quorum and voted in accordance with the preceding clause (a) at such general meetings (including
at any adjournments or postponements thereof). The foregoing provision shall also apply to the execution by such Persons of any
written consent in lieu of a general meeting of holders of Ordinary Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing
in this Section 5 shall require the Investor to convert its Notes.

 

Section 6.               
Tax Matters. The Investor shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to use commercially reasonable efforts to, provide
such forms, information or certifications as are reasonably requested by the Company in order for the Company or its Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries or to determine the number of Shares (as defined in the Bye-Laws) of the Company Beneficially Owned (as defined in
the Bye-Laws) by the Investor at any time to comply with or claim exemption in respect of any tax or regulatory filing or withholding
requirements or to reduce or eliminate any taxation that may be payable or suffered by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding
the generality of the foregoing, within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Investor shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to provide the Company with the 883 Forms. For purposes of complying with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6,
the Investor shall be permitted to provide forms, information or certifications (including 883 Forms) that are redacted with respect
to the name and other identifying information of its direct or indirect owners to the extent necessary to prevent a breach of a
confidentiality obligation of the Investor to the extent the Investor is unable to obtain a waiver thereof. The Investor shall
use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Company if the Investor becomes aware of any information relating to the Investor
that could reasonably be expected to cause the Company or its Subsidiaries to fail to qualify for benefits under Section 883 of
the Code within 30 days of the Investor becoming aware of the event or events giving rise to such failure. Except to the extent
reasonably requested by the Company, the Investor owning less than 5% of the “vote and value” (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulations Section 1.883-2(d)(3)) of the Ordinary Shares of the Company, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Equity
Securities held by attribution and taking into account Ordinary Shares owned or treated as owned by any related person (within
the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.883-2(d)(3)(iii)(A)) (and thus the Investor is not a “5-percent shareholder”
within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.883-2(d)(3)(iii) and therefore not counted in the determination of a “closely-held
block of stock” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.883-2(d)(3)) shall not be required to provide an 883
Form or to provide the identity of its direct or indirect owners in connection therewith.

 

    	 	19	 

     

    

 

Section
7.               
Definitions.

 

“883
Forms” means those forms, information or certificates reasonably requested by the Company in order to facilitate
the Company’s compliance with Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Action”
means any action, hearing, claim, demand, suit, arbitration, litigation, subpoena or investigation or proceeding of any nature,
whether civil, criminal or regulatory, in law or in equity, or otherwise, by or before any Governmental Entity

 

“Activist”
means, as of any date of determination, a Person (other than any initial Investor) that has,
directly or indirectly through its Affiliates, whether individually or as a member of a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act), within the three-year period immediately preceding such date of determination, (a) made, engaged in
or been a participant in any “solicitation” of “proxies”, as such terms are used in the proxy rules of
the SEC promulgated under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, in order to (i) vote, or knowingly influence any Person with
respect to the voting of, any equity securities of such Person, including in connection with a proposed change of control or other
extraordinary corporate transaction not approved (at the time of the first such proposal) by the board of directors or similar
governing body of such Person, (ii) call or seek to call a meeting of the shareholders of
any Person not approved (at the time of the first such action) by the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person,
(iii) initiate any shareholder proposal for action by shareholders of
any Person initially publicly opposed by the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person or (iv) seek election
to, or to place a representative on, the board of directors or similar governing body of a Person, or seek the removal of a director
from the board of directors or other representative from such board of directors or similar governing body, in each case, which
election or removal was not recommended or approved (at the time such election or removal is first sought) by the board of directors
or similar governing body of such Person, (b) otherwise publicly acted, alone or in concert with others, to seek to control
or influence the management or Board (provided, that this clause (b) is not intended to include the activities of any
officer or member of the board of directors of such Person, taken in his or her capacity as an officer or director of such Person),
or (c) publicly disclosed any intention, plan or arrangement to do any of the foregoing; provided, for the avoidance of doubt,
that the term “Activist” shall exclude the Investor and its employees.

 

    	 	20	 

     

    

 

“Adverse
Disclosure” means any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment
of the Company (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration
Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were
not being filed, and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

 

“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meanings,
the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect
to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract
or otherwise.

 

“Agreement”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Automatic
Shelf Registration Statement” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405
promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Beneficially
Own”, “Beneficially Owned” or “Beneficial Ownership” have the
meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this
Agreement the words “within sixty days” in Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) shall not apply, such that a Person shall be deemed
to be the Beneficial Owner of a security if that Person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security at any time.
Solely for purposes of determining the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes Beneficially Owned by the
Investor and its Affiliates, the Notes shall be treated as if upon conversion the only settlement option under the Notes and Indenture
were Ordinary Shares converted on a fully physical settlement basis. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement,
the Investor (or any other Person) shall at all times be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion
of the Notes directly or indirectly held by it and its Affiliates, irrespective of any non-conversion period specified in the Notes,
the Indenture or this Agreement or any restrictions on transfer or voting contained in this Agreement.

 

“Board”
means the board of directors of the Company.

 

“Business
Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which the SEC or banking institutions in New York,
New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

 

“Bye-laws”
means the bye-laws of the Company as adopted on June 13, 2019 and as may be amended from time to time.

 

“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

    	 	21	 

     

    

 

“Committee”
has the meaning specified in Section 1(a)(vii).

 

“Company”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Competitor”
means any Person that operates in the cruise line industry; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the term “Competitor”
shall exclude the Investor and its employees.

 

“Confidential
Information” has the meaning specified in Section 1(h).

 

“Conversion
Shares” means the Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exchange of the Notes Issuer Preference Shares following a conversion
of the Notes in accordance with, and subject to the conditions set forth in, the Indenture and the Investment Agreement.

 

“Demand
Shelf Takedown Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(iii).

 

“Designated
Class” has the meaning specified in Section 1(a)(i).

 

“Disclosure
Package” means, with respect to any offering of securities, (i) the preliminary Prospectus, (ii) the price to the
public and the number of securities included in the offering, (iii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iv) all other information
that is deemed, under Rule 159 promulgated under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time
of sale of such securities (including a contract of sale).

 

“Director”
means a member of the Board until such individual’s death, disability, disqualification, resignation, or removal.

 

“Effective
Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Equity
Security” means (a) any Ordinary Shares, voting preference shares or other Voting Securities, (b) any securities
of the Company convertible, redeemable or exchangeable for or into Ordinary Shares, voting preference shares or other Voting Securities
(including the Conversion Shares), (c) any options, rights or warrants (or any similar securities) issued by the Company to
acquire Ordinary Shares, voting preference shares or other Voting Securities or (d) any similar security of the types listed in
the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) of any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

“Extraordinary
Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a)(iv).

 

“FINRA”
means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

“Form
S-1 Shelf” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i).

 

“Form
S-3 Shelf” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i).

 

    	 	22	 

     

    

 

“Free
Writing Prospectus” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act.

 

“Fundamental
Change” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

“Governance
Committee” has the meaning specified in Section 1(a)(i).

 

“Governmental
Entity” means any government, political subdivision, governmental, administrative, self-regulatory or regulatory
entity or body, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality, or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental
entity, and any court, tribunal, judicial or arbitral body, in each case whether federal, national, state, county, municipal, provincial,
local, foreign or multinational.

 

“ICC”
has the meaning specified in Section 12.

 

“Indemnified
Party” has the meaning specified in Section 2(f)(iii).

 

“Indemnifying
Party” has the meaning specified in Section 2(f)(iii).

 

“Indenture”
means that certain Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Notes Issuer, Company, as Guarantor, and U.S. Bank
National Association, as Trustee.

 

“Investment
Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

 

“Investor”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Investor
Director” means an individual (i) appointed to the Board pursuant to Section 1(b) or (ii) elected to the Board
that has been nominated by the Investor pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Investor
Free Writing Prospectus” means each Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Investor or used or referred
to by the Investor in connection with the offering of Registrable Securities.

 

“Investor
Nominee” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a)(i).

 

“Investor
Ownership Threshold” means the Investor Beneficially Owning in the aggregate at least 50% of the number of Conversion
Shares Beneficially Owned by the Investor in the aggregate on the Effective Date (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event
of a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, distribution in specie combination or other similar recapitalization).

 

“Law”
means any federal, national, state, county, municipal, provincial, local, foreign or multinational, treaty, statute, constitution,
common law, ordinance, code, decree, order, judgment, rule, regulation, ruling, published policy or requirement issued, enacted,
adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Entity and any award,
order or decision of an arbitrator or arbitration panel with jurisdiction over the parties and subject matter of the dispute.

 

    	 	23	 

     

    

 

“Losses”
has the meaning specified in Section 2(f)(i).

 

“Misstatement”
means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement
or Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.

 

“NYSE”
means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

“Ordinary
Shares” means the ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company having the rights and being subject
to the restrictions set forth in the Bye-laws.

 

“Person”
means any individual, company, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity or other entity.

 

“Piggyback
Registration” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

 

“Piggyback
Takedown” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

 

“Notes
Issuer Preference Shares” means the Series A-2 Preference Shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Notes Issuer.

 

“Principal
Market” means the NYSE, or if the NYSE is not the principal market for the Ordinary Shares, then the principal securities
exchange or securities market on which the Ordinary Shares are then traded.

 

“Prohibited
Transferee” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a).

 

“Prospectus”
means the prospectus used in connection with a Registration Statement.

 

“Registrable
Securities” means at any time any Subject Securities held or Beneficially Owned by the Investor or its transferees
in accordance with Section 3; provided, however, that as to any Subject Securities, such securities
shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (x) the date on which such securities are disposed
of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (y) the date on which such securities are eligible
to be disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act; and (z) the date on which
such securities cease to be outstanding.

 

“Registration
Expenses” means all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) arising from or incident to the
registration of Registrable Securities in compliance with this Agreement, including:

 

    	 	24	 

     

    

 

 (i)      stock exchange, SEC, FINRA and other registration and filing fees,

 

(ii)       all
fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with any securities or blue sky laws (including fees, charges and disbursements
of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities),

 

(iii)       all
printing, messenger and delivery expenses,

 

(iv)       the
fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Company and of its independent public accountants and any other accounting and
legal fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including any expenses arising from any special audits or “comfort
letters” required in connection with or incident to any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration),

 

(v)       the
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on the Principal Market,

 

(vi)       the
fees and expenses incurred in connection with any “road show” for underwritten offerings, including travel expenses,
and

 

(vii)       reasonable
and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel to the Investor, including, for the avoidance of doubt,
any expenses of counsel of the Investor in connection with the filing or amendment of any Registration Statement, Prospectus or
Free Writing Prospectus hereunder (provided, that in no event shall such fees, charges and disbursements of counsel exceed
$50,000);

 

provided,
that in no instance shall Registration Expenses include Selling Expenses.

 

“Registration
Statement” means any registration statement filed hereunder or in connection with a Piggyback Takedown.

 

“Related
Agreements” means the Indenture, including the Guarantee set forth therein, the Notes, the Investment Agreement,
the Expense Reimbursement Agreement (as defined in the Investment Agreement), the Equity Commitment Letter (as defined in the Investment
Agreement), the Ownership Limit Exemption Letter (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and any other agreements between or among
the Company, the Investor, the Notes Issuer, the Trustee (as defined the Investment Agreement) and any of their respective Affiliates,
in each case, as applicable, entered into to give effect to the Transactions.

 

“Representatives”
means, with respect to any Person, the directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants
or other advisors, agents or representatives of such Person.

 

“Restricted
Securities” means any (i) Note, (ii) Equity Security or (iii) other security interest in the Company (whether debt
or otherwise), in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Investor or its Affiliates or with respect to which
the Investor or its Affiliates has Beneficial Ownership.

 

    	 	25	 

     

    

 

“Rule
144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any successor provision.

 

“Rule
144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and any successor provision.

 

“Rule
144A Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g).

 

“SEC”
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

“Selling
Expenses” means the underwriting fees, discounts and selling commissions applicable to all Registrable Securities
registered by the Investor and legal expenses not included within the definition of Registration Expenses.

 

“Shelf”
has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i).

 

“Shelf
Registration” means a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance
with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

 

“Shelf
Takedown” means either an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or a Piggyback Takedown.

 

“Standstill
Period” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the the later of (A) such time as the Investor
Director is no longer serving on the Board (and as of such time the Investor no longer has Board nomination rights pursuant to
this Agreement or otherwise irrevocably waives in a writing delivered to the Company all of such rights) and (B) the one year anniversary
of the Effective Date; provided, that if at any time during the applicable Standstill Period the Board approves, recommends
or accepts a transaction that would result in a Fundamental Change, nothing in Section 4 hereof shall prevent or limit the
Investor from making a competing proposal.

 

“Subject
Securities” means (i) the Ordinary Shares issuable or issued upon conversion of the Notes; provided, that
the Investor delivers a written notice to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement indicating that such securities shall
be treated as Subject Securities and provided that such notice relates to securities with a fair market value of at least $100,000;
and (ii) any securities issued as (or issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any warrant, right or other security
that is issued as) a dividend, share split, subdivision, distribution in specie, combination or any reclassification, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, exchange or any other distribution or reorganization with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement
of, the securities referenced in clause (i) (without giving effect to any election by the Company regarding settlement options
upon conversion) above or this clause (ii).

 

“Subsequent
Shelf Registration” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii).

 

    	 	26	 

     

    

 

“Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests (i) having ordinary voting
power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions or (ii) representing more than
50% such securities or ownership interests, in each case, are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such first Person.

 

“Third
Party Tender/Exchange Offer” means any tender or exchange offer made by a third party with respect to a majority
of the Equity Securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries solely to the extent that the Board has recommended such tender
or exchange offer in a Schedule 14D-9 under the Exchange Act.

 

“Trading
Day” means any day on which the Ordinary Shares are traded on the Principal Market; provided, that “Trading
Day” shall not include any day on which the Ordinary Shares are scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for
less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Ordinary Shares are suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange
or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market,
then during the hour ending at 4:00 p.m., New York time).

 

“Transactions”
means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

 

“Transfer”
means any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of (whether with or without consideration, whether by foreclosure, whether
voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law).

 

“Treasury
Regulations” means the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

 

“Underwritten
Shelf Takedown” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(iii).

 

“Voting
Securities” means any securities of the Company having the right to vote generally in any election of Directors.

 

“Well-Known
Seasoned Issuer” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under
the Securities Act and which (i) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition
or (ii) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible
to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 or Form F-3 under the Securities
Act.

 

Section
8.               
Notices. All notices, requests, permissions, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under
this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by electronic mail, or sent, postage prepaid, by registered,
certified or express mail or overnight courier service and shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, by electronic mail
(which is confirmed), or if mailed, three days after mailing (one Business Day in the case of express mail or overnight courier
service) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice).

 

    	 	27	 

     

    

 

If,
to the Company or the Notes Issuer, to:

 

7665
Corporate Center Drive

Miami,
FL 33126

Attention:
Daniel S. Farkas

Email:
dfarkas@ncl.com

 

With
a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

		Attn:	Eric Schiele, P.C.

Jonathan L. Davis, P.C.

Sophia Hudson, P.C.

		Email:	eric.schiele@kirkland.com; jonathan.davis@kirkland.com;
 sophia.hudson@kirkland.com

 

If,
to the Investor, to:

 

c/o Catterton Management
Company, LLC

599 West Putnam Avenue

Greenwich, CT 06830

		Attn:	Dan Reid, Scott Dahnke, Marc Magliacano

		Email:	Dan.Reid@lcatterton.com, scott@lcatterton.com, Marc.Magliacano@lcatterton.com

 

With
a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

 

Gibson,
Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200
Park Avenue

New
York, NY 10166

		Attn:	Steve Shoemate

		Email:	sshoemate@gibsondunn.com

 

Section
9.               
Amendments, Waivers, etc. This Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in
writing and signed by the party hereto against whom such amendment or waiver shall be enforced. The failure of any party hereto
to exercise any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity,
or to insist upon compliance by any other party hereto with its obligations hereunder, shall not constitute a waiver by such party
of its right to exercise any such other right, power or remedy or to demand such compliance

 

Section
10.           
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts (including by electronic transmission),
each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument,
and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered (by electronic
transmission or otherwise) to the other parties hereto.

 

    	 	28	 

     

    

 

Section
11.           
 Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall execute and deliver after the Effective Date such further certificates,
agreements and other documents and take such other actions as any other party hereto may reasonably request in order to carry out
the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate or implement the Transactions.

 

Section
12.           
Dispute Resolution. This Agreement, its construction, validity and performance and any non-contractual obligations
arising from or connected with it (and any dispute arising from or connected with it) is governed by and shall be construed in
accordance with New York law, without regard to its choice of law rules. Any dispute, claim, or difference (whether contractual
or non-contractual) in any way arising out of or in connection with this letter agreement or its subject matter, formation or interpretation
shall be referred to and resolved by arbitration with its venue or legal place in New York, in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration
of the International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) in force at the time of the referral to arbitration,
which ICC rules are deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement. The Expedited Procedures of the ICC rules shall not apply. The
language of the arbitration shall be English. The number of arbitrators shall be three. The President of the Arbitral Tribunal
shall be chosen by the party-nominated co-arbitrators. All arbitration proceedings, including all written submissions and evidence
provided, shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed to any third party, except to the extent: (1) required by applicable
Law, (2) required in connection with any court application for interim relief or post-arbitration confirmation or enforcement proceedings,
or (3) all other parties to the arbitration proceedings consent to the disclosure. The award shall be enforceable in any court
of competent jurisdiction. The parties hereto undertake to carry out any decision or award of the tribunal without delay.

 

Section 13.           
Interpretation. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference shall
be to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this
Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever
the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed
to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder”
and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision
of this Agreement. The words “date hereof” shall refer to the date of this Agreement. The word “or” shall
not be exclusive. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject
or other thing extends, and shall not simply mean “if”. The words “made available to the Investor” and
words of similar import refer to documents (i) delivered in person or electronically to the Investor, (ii) posted to a virtual
data room managed by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the Transactions, or (iii) filed or furnished by the Company
with, and available through, the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, in each case of clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii), at any time prior to the date hereof. All references to “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States
of America. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms
and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Except as specifically stated herein, any agreement,
instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement,
instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments)
by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments
thereto and instruments incorporated therein. Except as otherwise specified herein, references to a Person are also to its successors
and permitted assigns. Each of the parties hereto has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement. If an ambiguity
or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement must be construed as if it is drafted by all the parties and no
presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of authorship of any of the provisions of
this Agreement.

 

    	 	29	 

     

    

 

Section 15.           
Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced
because of any Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force
and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any
party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the
parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely
as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the Transactions be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest
extent possible.

 

Section 16.           
No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns
and nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person, other than the parties to this Agreement
and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision
of this Agreement, whether as third party beneficiary or otherwise; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, each
Investor Director and Observer shall be an express third party beneficiary of Sections 1(f) and 1(g) hereof.

 

Section 17.           
Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by
any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

Section 18.           
Acknowledgment of Securities Laws. The Investor hereby acknowledges that it is aware, and that it will advise its
Affiliates and Representatives who are provided material non-public information concerning the Company or its securities, that
the United States securities Laws prohibit any Person who has received from an issuer material, non-public information from purchasing
or selling securities of such issuer or from communication of such information to any other Person under circumstances in which
it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

 

Section 19.           
Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Related Agreements, constitutes the entire agreement, and
supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the parties
hereto, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

Section
20.           
Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Agreement shall expire and terminate
automatically at such time the Investor and its Affiliates no longer Beneficially Owns any Equity Securities; provided, however,
that Sections 2 (for so long as any Registrable Securities remain), 3(c), 4, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 shall survive the termination
of this Agreement.

 

    	 	30	 

     

    

 

[SIGNATURE
PAGES FOLLOW]

 

    	 	31	 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

	 	Company:
	 	 	 
	 	NORWEGIAN CRUISE LINE HOLDINGS LTD. 
	 	 	 
	 	By: 	/s/ Daniel S. Farkas 
	 	 	Name: Daniel S. Farkas
	 	 	Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
	 	 	 
	 	Notes Issuer:
	 	 	 
	 	NCL CORPORATION LTD. 
	 	 	 
	 	By: 	/s/ Daniel S. Farkas 
	 	 	Name: Daniel S. Farkas
	 	 	Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

 

 

[Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	Investor:
	 	 	 
	 	LC9 SKIPPER, L.P.
	 	 	 
	 	By: LCP Managers Ltd.
	 	Its: General Partner
	 	 	 
	 	By: 	/s/ Scott A. Dahnke 
	 	 	Name: Scott A. Dahnke
	 	 	Title: Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00309-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00309-of-00352.parquet"}]]